CEILING DIFFUSERS Previous View Home Contents Dimensions Specification Performance

Transcription

1 1

2 Contents Page No. General Product Overview 5 Exclusive Steel Grille, Register and iffuser Warranty 12 Square and Rectangular Pattern Ceiling iffusers Steel - Fixed Pattern Steel - djustable Pattern luminum - Fixed Pattern luminum - djustable Pattern IV - Steel - Fixed Pattern - Induction Vanes IV - luminum - Fixed Pattern - Induction Vanes luminum - Fixed Pattern - Extra High Capacity IV - luminum - Fixed Pattern - Extra High Capacity - Induction Vanes 61 Stamped Square Ceiling iffusers RNS - Steel - Fixed Pattern 78 RNS - luminum - Fixed Pattern 78 RNS - Steel - djustable Pattern 83 RNS - luminum - djustable Pattern 83 RNS2 - Steel - Fixed Pattern 88 TWR - Steel - "Twister" Swirl Pattern 92 rchitectural Square Ceiling iffusers UNI - Steel - Flat Panel 96 UNI - luminum - Flat Panel 96 UNI w/rc - Steel - Flat Panel - Retaining Channel Option 98 UNI-P - Steel - ownblast - Fixed Perforated 104 UNI- - Steel - ownblast - djustable CT - luminum - Ceiling Tile Slot - Supply RCT - luminum - Ceiling Tile Slot - Return Steel - Plaque iffuser UNI - Steel - Plaque Face with Perimeter Slots 121 Round Ceiling iffusers RNR - Steel - djustable Horizontal Pattern 124 RNR - luminum - djustable Horizontal Pattern luminum - Two Position Horizontal/Vertical Pattern R - luminum - Fully djustable Horizontal/Vertical Pattern 128 R-UNI - luminum - rchitectural Plaque Face Horizontal Pattern 131 R - Steel - ownblast djustable Horizontal/Vertical Pattern 134 Perforated Supply Ceiling iffusers eflectors 1, 2, 3 or 4-Way djustable Pattern Steel - Flush Face Steel - rop Face luminum Face - Flush Face luminum Face - rop Face luminum - Flush Face luminum - rop Face 137 2

3 Page No. Perforated Supply Ceiling iffusers (continued) Curved lade 1, 2, 3 or 4-Way Pattern 4320C - Steel - Flush Face C - Steel - rop Face C - luminum Face - Flush Face C - luminum Face - rop Face C - luminum - Flush Face C - luminum - rop Face 147 Full Face Curved lade 1, 2, 3 or 4-Way Pattern 4340C - Steel Face - Square Neck C - luminum - Square Neck 155 Fixed 4-Way Pattern 4320F - Steel - Flush Face F - Steel - rop Face F - luminum Face - Flush Face F - luminum Face - rop Face 158 Modular Core 1, 2, 3 or 4-Way djustable Pattern 4320M - Steel - Flush Face - Square Neck M - Steel - rop Face - Square Neck M - luminum Face - Flush Face - Square Neck M - luminum Face - rop Face - Square Neck MR - Steel - Flush Face - Round Neck MR - Steel - rop Face - Round Neck MR - luminum Face - Flush Face - Round Neck MR - luminum Face - rop Face - Round Neck 168 Full Face Modular Core 1, 2, 3 or 4-Way djustable Pattern 4340M - Steel Face - Square Neck M - luminum Face - Square Neck 173 Premium rchitectural Steel Face - djustable eflectors luminum Face - djustable eflectors C - Steel Face - Curved lade Pattern Controllers C - luminum Face - Curved lade Pattern Controllers 184 ll luminum Perforated Ceiling iffusers Supply - Round Neck R - Return - Round Neck 190 3

4 Page No. Perforated Return Ceiling iffusers Steel - Flush Face Steel - rop Face luminum Face - Flush Face luminum Face - rop Face luminum - Flush Face luminum - rop Face R - Steel Face - Flush Face - Square Neck R - luminum - Flush Face - Square Neck Steel - Flush Face - uctless pplication F - Steel - rop Face - uctless pplication F - Steel - Fineline - uctless pplication luminum - Flush Face - uctless pplication R - Steel Face - rchitectural R - luminum Face - rchitectural 205 Eggcrate Return Ceiling iffusers Steel - luminum Eggcrate luminum - luminum Eggcrate 209 Modular Core Ceiling iffusers Steel - 1, 2, 3 or 4-way djustable Pattern 213 Curved lade Ceiling iffusers 61CC - Steel - 1, 2, 3 or 4-way Pattern CC - Steel - 1 or 2-way Pattern w/irectional Vanes CC - luminum - 1, 2, 3 or 4-way Pattern CC - luminum - 1 or 2-way Pattern w/irectional Vanes 219 Ceiling iffuser Options and ccessories Product Overview 225 FS, F Mounting Frames 226 Options and Finishes 227 ir alancing evices 4275, 4250, Round Neck ampers 228 O - Opposed lade amper - iffuser Mount 229 O - Opposed lade amper - uct Mount 229 EGR, EGS/L - Equalizing Grid - Round Neck and Square or Rectangular Neck 231 EGR - amper with Grid - Round Neck 231 EGS/L - amper with Grid - Square or Rectangular Neck Quadrant lanks 232 EX, EX - Volume Extractors - 2" (51) or 1" (25) lade Spacing 233 4

5 GENERL PROUCT OVERVIEW Ceiling iffusers Quality ssured Products, unobtrusive clean lines for appearance, careful engineering and professional workmanship with the backing of an industry leader - these add up to true value; prime reasons for specifying Nailor Ceiling iffusers. rchitectural excellence and engineering selections demand high quality products and shipping schedules demand service, all part of the package. Models 6500, 6500IV, 6400, 6550 Square and Rectangular Pattern Nailor s pattern diffusers are typically used in applications where considerable volumes of air are required while maintaining relatively low noise levels and pressure drops. full range of models are available and consist of a choice of corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum construction, fixed and adjustable patterns, as well as extra high capacity models. Induction vanes are also available for those jobs that require quick equalization of cool and warm air such as in VV systems with high cooling loads. The louvered cores are removable and are available in an assortment of patterns. Steel Construction Fixed Pattern Model 6500 See Page 13 djustable Pattern Model 6550 See Page 13 Induction Vane Model 6500IV See Page 33 Suffix '-O' adds a steel O luminum Construction Fixed Pattern Model 6200 See Page 13 djustable Pattern Model 6250 See Page 13 Induction Vane Model 6200IV See Page 33 Suffix '-O' adds a steel O Suffix '-O' adds an aluminum O luminum High Capacity Fixed Pattern Model 6400 See Page 41 Induction Vane Model 6400IV See Page 61 Suffix '-O' adds a steel O Suffix '-O' adds an aluminum O Models RNS2, RNS, RNS Stamped Square These diffusers are a very popular choice for general air distribution applications. The diffusers are designed to provide high performance at a cost effective price. The stamped one-piece cones and die-formed clean curves supply a 360 diffusion pattern and provide the high performance necessary in VV systems. Integral round necks provide a secure connection for flexible duct applications. Nailor s "classic" four-cone, removable core design is available in most ceiling module sizes, a choice of corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum, and an option of fixed or adjustable patterns. two-cone fixed pattern diffuser also accompanies this series. Fixed Pattern Steel Construction Model RNS See Page 78 luminum Construction Model RNS See Page 78 djustable Pattern Steel Construction Model RNS See Page 83 luminum Construction Model RNS See Page 83 Fixed Pattern Two Cone Steel Construction Model RNS2 See Page 88 5

6 6 Model TWR "Twister" High Induction Stamped Face The "Twister" diffuser is engineered to optimize air distribution effectiveness. This next generation diffuser has a high induction, 360 swirl pattern for a superior coanda effect. It is available for a 2' x 2' (600 x 600) ceiling module with a choice of five round neck sizes. "Twister" Steel Construction Model TWR See Page 92 Round Nailor s round diffusers are available in steel or aluminum construction, with adjustable or fixed patterns. This series of diffusers also include a 'Plaque' style for architectural ceilings and a 'ownblast' type for high ceiling areas. djustable Horizontal Pattern Steel Construction Model RNR See Page 124 luminum Construction Model RNR See Page 124 Two Position Horizontal/Vertical Pattern luminum Construction Model 6300 See Page 128 Fully djustable Horizontal/Vertical Pattern luminum Construction Model 6300R See Page 128 Plaque Face Horizontal Pattern Steel Construction Model R-UNI See Page 131 ownblast djustable Horizontal/Vertical Pattern Steel Construction Model R See Page 134 Models UNI, UNI-P, 5000CT rchitectural Square esigned with the architect in mind, the diffusers in this series are fashioned to blend in with most ceiling types in order to create the ultimate in aesthetic looks. Nailor has accomplished this whilst still offering a variety of diffuser designs that provide flexibility in both style, selection and engineering performance. Flat Panel Steel Construction Model UNI See Page 96 luminum Construction Model UNI See Page 96 Steel with Ceiling Tile Model UNI-RC See Page 98 ownblast Steel Fixed Perforated Model UNI-P See Page 104 Steel djustable Model UNI- See Page 107 Ceiling Tile Slot Supply Model Series 5000CT See Page 110 Return Model Series 5000RCT See Page 110 Plaque Face Steel Construction Model 6600 See Page 116 Plaque Face with Perimeter Slots Steel Construction Model 66UNI See Page 121 Models R-UNI, R, RNR

7 Perforated Ceiling iffusers Nailor manufactures a full range of supply air and matching return air Perforated Ceiling iffusers. The perforated face is available in both corrosion-resistant steel and aluminum, with 3/16" (5) diameter holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. s standard, backpans are available in corrosion-resistant steel with an option of aluminum, and some premium models are available with extruded aluminum frames. The diffusers can be selected to suit most common ceiling types, and are available with both flush and drop face styles. variety of pattern controllers and deflector core styles are offered, allowing for a selection to be made based upon style, performance, and budgetary considerations. Match the supply air with the corresponding return air and the effect will be a smooth, aesthetically balanced ceiling appearance. Supply ir Model 4320 djustable Pattern eflectors on Face The stamped deflectors for this series of models are mounted in a 4-way discharge pattern on the rear of the perforated face and can be easily field adjusted to a 1, 2, or 3-way pattern. These diffusers are available with round or square necks. For the matching return, see Model Series 4360/4365. Flush Face Steel Model 4320 See Page 137 luminum Face Model 4320 See Page 137 luminum Model 4320 See Page 137 rop Face Steel Model 4325 See Page 137 luminum Face Model 4325 See Page 137 luminum Model 4325 See Page 137 Model 4340C Model 4320C Curved lade Pattern Controllers The curved blade pattern controllers are individually adjustable and available as standard in a 4-way discharge pattern. The blades are mounted directly beneath the neck of the diffuser. 1, 2, or 3-way discharge pattern is available as an option. These diffusers are offered with round or square necks. For the matching return, see Model Series 4360/4365. Flush Face Steel Model 4320C See Page 147 luminum Face Model 4320C See Page 147 luminum Model 4320C See Page 147 rop Face Steel Model 4325C See Page 147 luminum Face Model 4325C See Page 147 luminum Model 4325C See Page 147 Full Face Curved lade Pattern Controllers This grille frame style, full face diffuser features curved blade pattern controllers with extruded aluminum frames and blades, and a perforated face that is offered in either corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum. The curved blade pattern controllers are individually adjustable and are in a 4-way discharge pattern as standard. 1, 2, or 3-way discharge pattern is available as an option. These diffusers are available with square necks only. For the matching return, see Model Series 4340R. Flush Face Steel Face Model 4340C See Page 155 luminum Model 4340C See Page 155 7

8 Model 4320F Fixed 4-way Pattern The single heavy gauge stamped deflector in this series has a fixed 4-way discharge pattern. This ensures the air pattern and performance remain constant. These diffusers are available with round or square necks. For the matching return, see Model Series 4360/4365. Flush Face Steel Model 4320F See Page 158 luminum Face Model 4320F See Page 158 rop Face Steel Model 4325F See Page 158 luminum Face Model 4325F See Page 158 Model 4320M Modular Core, Square Neck This perforated diffuser has four individual, corrosionresistant steel, spring-loaded modular pattern controllers that are mounted in the neck of the diffuser. They are shipped in a 4-way discharge pattern and can easily be field adjusted to provide a 1, 2, or 3-way discharge pattern. These diffusers are available with square necks. For the matching return, see Model Series 4360/4365. Flush Face Steel Model 4320M See Page 163 luminum Face Model 4320M See Page 163 rop Face Steel Model 4325M See Page 163 luminum Face Model 4325M See Page 163 Model 4320MR Modular Core, Round Neck, Low Profile This model has a low profile backpan that includes an integral round neck. It incorporates four individual, corrosion-resistant steel, spring loaded modular pattern controllers that are mounted inside the backpan. The modular cores are shipped in a 4-way pattern and can easily be field adjusted to provide a 1, 2, or 3-way discharge pattern. These diffusers are available with round necks only. For the matching return, see Model Series 4360/4365. Flush Face Steel Model 4320MR See Page 168 luminum Face Model 4320MR See Page 168 rop Face Steel Model 4325MR See Page 168 luminum Face Model 4325MR See Page 168 8

9 Model 4340M Model 4330 Full Face Modular Core This grille frame style, full face diffuser, features an extruded aluminum frame with a corrosion-resistant steel modular core. The modular core is shipped in a 4-way pattern and can easily be field adjusted to provide a 1, 2, or 3-way pattern. These diffusers are available with square necks only. For the matching return, see Model Series 4340R. Flush Face Steel Face Model 4340M See Page 173 luminum Face Model 4340M See Page 173 Premium, djustable eflectors on Face The perforated diffusers in this series have an extruded aluminum frame with a narrow border that is visible within the T-ar module. The stamped steel deflectors are mounted in a 4-way discharge pattern and can be easily field adjusted to a 1, 2 or 3-way pattern. The diffusers are available with round or square necks. For the matching return, see Model Series 4330R. Flush Face Steel Face Model 4330 See Page 176 luminum Face Model 4330 See Page 176 Model 4330C Model 4310 Premium, Curved lade Pattern Controllers The perforated diffusers in this series have an extruded aluminum frame with a narrow border that is visible within the T-ar module. The extruded aluminum curved blade pattern controllers are individually adjustable and are in a 4-way discharge pattern as standard. 1, 2, or 3-way discharge pattern is available as an option. For the matching return, see Model 4330R. Flush Face Steel Face Model 4330C See Page 184 luminum Face Model 4330C See Page 184 ll luminum for MRI Rooms This diffuser is 100% aluminum and can be used for MRI rooms. It features a smooth, contoured wrap-around perforated face. The supply air diffuser includes a round disc pattern deflector that provides a true 360 radial horizontal air pattern. The matching return air diffuser is suitable for ducted return applications. Flush Face Supply ir Model 4310 See Page 190 Return ir Model 4310R See Page 190 9

10 Return ir Model 4360 Model 4340R Standard ackpan esign This perforated return diffuser is designed with a backpan that allows for both ducted and non-ducted applications. vailable with a round or square neck for ducted applications and a full face design, square neck for either ducted or non-ducted applications. See Model Series 4320/4325, 4320C/4325C, 4320F/4325F and 4320M/ 4325M for the matching supply air diffusers. Flush Face Steel Model 4360 See Page 193 luminum Face Model 4360 See Page 193 luminum Model 4360 See Page 193 rop Face Steel Model 4365 See Page 193 luminum Face Model 4365 See Page 193 luminum Model 4365 See Page 193 Extruded Frame This grille frame style, full face diffuser has an extruded aluminum frame and is offered with a choice of a corrosion-resistant steel or an aluminum perforated face. The diffusers are available with square necks only and can be used in both ductless and ducted applications. See Model Series 4340C and 4340M for the matching supply diffusers. Flush Face Steel Face Model 4340R See Page 199 luminum Model 4340R See Page 199 Model 4302 Model 4330R 10 Panels This economical perforated return panel is for use in a ductless return or as an exhaust grille in exposed grid T-ar ceiling systems. When installed, the appearance matches that of the 4320/4325, 4320C/4325C, 4320F/ 4325F and 4320M/4325M supply diffusers. Flush Face Steel Model 4302 See Page 202 luminum Model 4302 See Page 202 rop Face Steel Model 4302-F See Page 202 Fineline Steel Model 4302-F See Page 202 Premium This perforated return has an extruded aluminum frame with a narrow border that is visible within the T-ar module. See Model Series 4330 and 4330C for the matching supply air diffusers. Flush Face Steel Face Model 4330R See Page 205 luminum Face Model 4330R See Page 205

11 Model 4260 Model 7500 Eggcrate Return This aluminum face return diffuser features 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" (13 x 13 x 13) eggcrate that provides a high free area. It is offered with either a round or square neck for ducted return applications. The backpan or frame is available in both corrosion-resistant steel and aluminum construction. Steel Frame/ackpan Model 4260 See Page 209 luminum Model 4260 See Page 209 Modular Core This steel diffuser has four individual, corrosion-resistant steel, spring-loaded modular pattern controllers. The pattern controllers are shipped in a 4-way discharge pattern and can easily be field adjusted to provide a 1, 2, or 3-way discharge pattern. They are available with square necks and optional round transitions. Modular Core Steel Model 7500 See Page 213 Suffix '-O' adds a steel O. Model 61CC Curved lade The curved blade deflectors for this diffuser are individually adjustable and integrated in a modular sized panel to suit many ceiling systems. If ordered with directional vanes a 1 or 2-way discharge pattern is available. If directional vanes are not required, the curved blade deflectors are offered in a 1, 2, 3, or 4-way discharge pattern. Steel Construction irectional Vanes Model 61CC See Page 219 No irectional Vanes Model 61CC See Page 219 luminum Construction irectional Vanes Model 51CC See Page 219 No irectional Vanes Model 51CC See Page 219 Options & ccessories Nailor offers an extensive selection of accessories for ceiling diffusers. ir balancing devices, air extractors and a selection of mounting frames are several of the accessories available. Options Mounting Frames See Page 226 Options See Page 227 Finishes See Page 227 ccessories ir alancing evices See Page 228 Volume Extractors See Page

12 EXCLUSIVE WRRNTY FOR NILOR STEEL GRILLES, REGISTERS N IFFUSERS LIMITE WRRNTY SERIES 61C, 6100, 61EC, 61F, RNS, RNS2, UNI, 4300, 6500, 7500 N 61CC Nailor Industries Inc. ('Nailor') warrants to the original and each subsequent owner of a new Nailor Series Grille, Register or Ceiling ir iffuser in the model series titled above, constructed of corrosion-resistant steel that should rust become visible on the exposed portion of any individual product covered by this agreement Nailor will replace the rusted unit. ny diffuser affected by chemicals or misuse, including, without limitation, the failure to perform reasonable and necessary maintenance, will not be covered by this warranty. This warranty is for sixty (60) months from the date of the shipment by Nailor. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. The rusted unit will be shipped by the owner at its cost to Nailor for replacement. The cost of the replacement, including the cost of shipment to the owner, but excluding any costs for either the removal or preparation for shipment of the rusted unit and the re-installation of the replacement unit, will be borne by Nailor. reasonable time should be allowed after shipment to Nailor for the replacement of the rusted unit. This is the only warranty given with the purchase. ny warranties implied by law are limited to sixty (60) months from the date of shipment by Nailor. Nailor neither assumes nor authorizes any person to assume for it any other liability in connection with any diffuser covered by this agreement. No payment or other compensation will be made for indirect or consequential damage such as, damage or injury to person or property or loss of revenue or profit which might be paid, incurred or sustained by reason of the use or inability to use a Nailor product listed above, even if such loss or damage could have been foreseen by Nailor. Some states do not allow the exclusion of limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above may not apply to you. 12

13 PTTERN SQURE N RECTNGULR PTTERN LOUVERE FCE HIGH CPCITY SQURE, RECTNGULR OR ROUN NECKS Steel Models: 6500 Fixed Pattern 6550 djustable Pattern luminum Models: 6200 Fixed Pattern 6250 djustable Pattern Suffix '-O' adds a steel opposed blade damper Suffix '-O' adds an aluminum opposed blade damper (available on aluminum models only) Models 6500 and 6550 The Nailor Model Series 6500 and 6200 Pattern Ceiling iffusers have been specially designed to provide a high capacity louvered face directional diffuser that can supply large volumes of air at relatively low sound levels and pressure drops. n engineered blade design with a 1/4" (6) horizontal lip on all angular discharge louvers creates a stable horizontal air pattern that is tight to the ceiling. Ideal for applications in VV systems, these diffusers create a strong ceiling coanda effect at typical maximum and minimum airflow rates and ensure draft free air distribution. vailable with a wide variety of core styles and neck sizes, a combination can be selected to suit a specified air pattern and deliver the desired volume of air to suit any particular requirement. Many frame types are also available to suit almost any mounting condition including surface mount (flat, beveled or deep drop face) and T-ar panel types (Standard 1" (25), Fineline, Spline, Tegular or Metal Snap-in). These models therefore offer a great degree of design flexibility. The Nailor Model Series 6550 and 6250 djustable Pattern Ceiling iffusers offer the same features as the 6500 and 6200 Series, however, they feature four hinged, individually adjustable deflecting vanes. These vanes allow air pattern adjustment from horizontal to vertical and further enhance the flexibility of the diffuser. Ideal for applications with higher ceiling heights or for heating applications to minimize stratification. FETURES: Spring loaded core. Removable without the use of tools. High neck collars for solid connection. Secure core attachment. wide variety of frame styles to suit most ceiling applications. Optional extended panels to suit modular ceiling systems. Engineered air diffusion patterns for 1, 2, 3 or 4-way blow in a wide selection of square and rectangular neck sizes (see page 16). Clean lines with no unsightly visible screws. Square-to-round transition adaptors are available (SR option). Optional opposed blade damper with screwdriver slot operator. Material: 6500 Series Corrosionresistant steel Series Heavygauge aluminum extrusions. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. VILLE SIZES: Unit Size is determined by duct dimensions. iffuser necks are undersized to suit ductwork. uct Sizes are available in 3" (76) increments. Minimum size: 6" x 6" (152 x 152) square neck. 9" x 6" (229 x 152) rectangular neck (most core styles). Maximum size: Types S, and : 36" x 36" (914 x 914). Types L, SP, TL, M and F: see page

14 PTTERN imensional ata and Frame Types Model Series 6500 and 6200 NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 3/4" (121) CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 3" (76) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) Type S - Surface Mount Frame 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1/4" (6) REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) NOMINL UCT SIZE + 5 1/2" (140) CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 1" (25) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) Type - eveled rop Face Frame 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1 1/4" (32) 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER Type L - Lay-In T-ar Frame REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) CM + 5/8" (16) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/16" (2) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) Type SP - Spline Frame 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) SPLINE TYPE IFFUSER FOR ONE-IRECTIONL EXPOSE T-R LY-IN GRI OR FOR CONCELE T-R GRI. (SPLINES ON TWO OPPOSITE SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON THE OTHER TWO SIES). Extended Panel iffusers Frame Types L, SP, TL, M and F If the ceiling module is more than 3" (76) larger than the neck size of the diffuser in either or both dimensions, a module-sized extended panel will be added. See the table at right for the maximum duct size for each module size. 14 TLE 1 Ceiling Maximum uct Size Maximum uct Size Module Size Frames L, SP and M Frames TL and F 12 x 12 (305 x 305) 9 x 9 (229 x 229) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 20 x 20 (508 x 508) 15 x 15 (381 x 381) 24 x 12 (610 x 305) 21 x 9 (533 x 229) 18 x 6 (457 x 152) 24 x 24 (610 x 610) 21 x 21 (533 x 533) 18 x 18 (457 x 457) 48 x 24 (1219 x 610) 45 x 21 (1143 x 533) imensions are in inches (mm).

15 PTTERN imensional ata and Frame Types Model Series 6500 and 6200 Type TL Tegular Lay-in CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 3/8" (10) TEGULR CEILING TILE CM = CEILING MOULE NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) 13/16" (21) CM - 1" (25) 15/16" (23) T-R CM - 1/16" (2) Type eep rop Face Type F Fineline CEILING OPEN. = NOM. UCT SIZE + 1" (25) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 2 1/2" (64) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 3/4" (121) djustable ischarge Pattern Models 6550 & 6250 CM - 5/8" (16) Horizontal Pattern djustable Vane Open Position JUSTLE VNE Vertical Pattern djustable Vane Closed Position JUSTLE VNE Models 6550 and 6250 djustable iffusers provide continuous adjustment from horizontal to vertical on each face of the diffuser. They feature four hinged, independently adjustable control vanes attached to the outer cone. FETURES: Unit size is determined by duct dimensions. iffuser necks are under sized to suit ductwork. Square or rectangular 1, 2, 3 or 4-way core style diffusers up to and including 24" x 24" (610 x 610) neck size. Square duct sizes are recommended. ischarge patterns on all sides are independently adjustable. No tools required to adjust pattern. Can be adjusted from diffuser face without removing core. REMOVLE CORE Standard feature of Models 6500, 6550, 6200 and Engineered design allows easy removal without the need for tools, yet remains securely in place. HOW TO REMOVE "REMOVLE" CORE To remove diffuser core, lift the complete core assembly to disengage the latch, push the core against the core spring, pull down the core slightly and remove. Reverse procedure to re-install. LTCH CORE FRME CORE SPRING 15

16 PTTERN Standard Core Styles Model Series 6500 and 6200 Contact factory for special core configurations. SQURE RECTNGULR 1-WY 1S 1 1 SIZES VILLE CORE MINIMUM MXIMUM 1S x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 2-WY 2S 2 2 2S x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 2-WY CORNER 3-WY 2G 3 3H 2C 2 2E 2F ( is greater than ) ( is less than but greater than /2) X 3 3C ( is equal to /2) 2G 2C 2 2E 2F C 3E 3H 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 12 x 6 (305 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 15 x 6 (381 x 152) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 18 (914 x 457) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 15 (914 x 381) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 3E ( is less than /2) 4-WY 4 4 x 4C x 4 4 4C 4E 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 12 x 6 (305 x 152) 15 x 6 (381 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 30 (914 x 762) 36 x 27 (914 x 686) 4E imensions are in inches (mm). Notes: 1. uct sizes are available in 3" (76) increments. 2. Unless otherwise specified, the "x" dimension on 3C and 4E patterns will be such that cataloged flow division is obtained. 3. Patterns are shown in plan view (looking down into inlet). 16

17 PTTERN HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Pattern Ceiling iffusers Model Series 6500 and O - 9 x 9-24 x 24 - L - W SR08 MOEL Steel - Fixed Pattern djustable Pattern 6550 luminum - Fixed Pattern djustable Pattern 6250 MPER - No amper (default) - Opposed lade (steel) O - Opposed lade (alum.) O NECK SIZE (W x H) PNEL SIZE (TYPES L, SP, M, TL, F N L ONLY) Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x 600 FRME TYPE - Surface Mount Flat S 1S - T-ar Lay-In L - Spline SP - Surface Mount eveled 2S - Metal Pan M - Tegular (rop Face) TL - Fineline F 2G - Surface Mount (eep rop) - ropped Face Lay-in L Note: 1. Consult text as to limitations of panel, neck size and core style combinations E 2C 1 2 2F 4C 2 1 x 2 x 4E CCESSORIES - None (default) - Square to Round Transition Collar (04 thru 20 specify) SR - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Rectangular Neck: - Equalizing Grid (long) EGL - Equalizing Grid (short) EGS - amper/equal. Grid (long) EGL - amper/equal. Grid (short) EGS Round Neck: - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR CORE STYLE (See elow). FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP CORE STYLE CHRT 3 31 (Code 3F) 32 (Code 3G) ( is greater than ) ( is less than but greater than /2) 3H 3 ( is equal to /2) 3E ( is less than /2) X 3C SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 6500/6550 (steel) or 6200/6250 (aluminum) Pattern Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. Model 6500 or 6200 shall incorporate fixed pattern discharge louvers for a horizontal throw pattern. Model 6550 or 6250 shall incorporate fixed pattern discharge louvers and adjustable vanes for a vertical or horizontal throw pattern. The entire core assembly shall be removable without the use of tools. The directional pattern shall be supplied as a 4, 3, 2, or 1-way discharge pattern as specified. The core is to be interchangeable with all other frame styles of equal size. The square or rectangular duct connection collar shall be an integral part of the frame assembly. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). (Optional) n opposed blade damper constructed of heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel (aluminum is optional) shall be provided with all units The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

18 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Square Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=1.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 1 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 2 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.3 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT X 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.8 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT X 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 6 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT For performance notes, see page

19 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Square Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=2.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.7 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 9 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT For performance notes, see page

20 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=1.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 0 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 1 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 1 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

21 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=2.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 2 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 3 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

22 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 3 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.7 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 3 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

23 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=2.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 3 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.5 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

24 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 5 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=5.0 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 6 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 2 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

25 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=1.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 3 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 5 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 5 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

26 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.3 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 6 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=4.0 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 7 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.0 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

27 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=2.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 5 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 6 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 7 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

28 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.8 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 7 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 5 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.5 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 6 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

29 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 7 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 7 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

30 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.4 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

31 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500 and 6200 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.3 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.4 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. CFM - cubic feet per minute TP - total pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Neck Velocity feet per minute Performance Notes: 1. Throw values are given for terminal velocities of 150, 100 and 50 fpm under isothermal conditions. ata applies to ceiling mounted units when the maximum coanda effect applies. When no ceiling is present (exposed duct), throws are reduced by approximately 25%. 2. Sound levels in performance tables are for steel construction Model pply the following corrections for aluminum construction Model TP = Listed value x NC = Listed value Performance data as tabulated is for supply air conditions. Correction factors for return air application - see next page. 4. Correction factors for adjustable models - see next page. 5. Correction factors for round inlets - see next page. 6. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

32 PTTERN Performance ata Corrections Model Series 6500 and 6200 CORRECTION FCTORS FOR RETURN INLET If the unit is used as a return inlet, the performance data is obtained by applying the return corrections, as follows: dd the NC correction at the left side of the table to the NC value listed in the performance table. Multiply the listed SP factor at the left side of the table by the total pressure (TP) listed at the top of the table. CORRECTION FCTORS FOR MOELS 6550 N 6250 (JUSTLE PTTERN CONTROLLERS) TLE 2 Refer to the performance data for the Models 6500 and pply the corrections from Table 2 to the data for square, 4-way core styles, as follows: NC = listed + correction Total Pressure = listed x factor Horizontal Throw = listed Vertical Throw = listed x factor pply the throw factor to the 50 fpm terminal velocity throw only. Example: 18" x 18", Model 6500, 1350 cfm, 20 F temperature difference heating, vertical projection, (Page 18). NC = = 37 TP =.13 x 2.1 =.273 Throw = 36 x.9 = fpm terminal velocity. CORRECTION FCTORS WITH SQURE TO ROUN INLET PTOR TLE 3 dd the NC correction factor from Table 3 and the NC value listed in the performance tables. Multiply the correction factor from Table 3 by the listed total pressure in the performance tables. Multiply the correction factor from Table 3 by the listed throws in the performance tables. Example: 12" x 12" unit with 10" round adaptor handling 500 cfm supply air. (Page 18). NC = = 30 Total Pressure =.09 x 1.65 = Throw = 21 x 1.15 = fpm terminal velocity. 32 Example: 12" x 12" unit handling 600 cfm of return air. (Page 18). Return NC = = 32. Return negative SP = 1.3 x (.13) =.169. TLE 2 Correction Factors 6550/6250 djustable NECK SIZE NC TOTL VERTICL THROW PRESSURE (multiply) (add) (multiply) COOLING, T HETING, T H V H V 20 F 0 F 20 F 40 F 6 x x x x x x x TLE 3 Correction Factors for SR daptors SQURE ROUN NC TP THROW (multiply) INLET INLET (add) (multiply) x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

33 PTTERN SQURE N RECTNGULR PTTERN INUCTION VNES LOUVERE FCE HIGH CPCITY SQURE, RECTNGULR OR ROUN NECKS Steel Model: 6500IV Fixed Pattern luminum Model: 6200IV Fixed Pattern Suffix '-O' adds a steel opposed blade damper Suffix '-O' adds an aluminum opposed blade damper (available on aluminum models only) Model 6500IV ~ front and back view The Nailor Model Series 6500IV and 6200IV Pattern Ceiling iffusers have been specially designed to provide a high capacity, high induction, louvered face directional diffuser that can supply large volumes of air at relatively low sound levels and pressure drops. n engineered blade design with a 1/4" (6) horizontal lip on all angular discharge louvers creates a stable horizontal air pattern that is tight to the ceiling. Induction vanes mounted behind the louvers create counter-flowing jets of primary air that promote rapid mixing of the cool primary air with the warm room air. This high induction characteristic is ideal for VV applications involving high cooling loads as it quickly equalizes the air temperature, reduces the throw and minimizes the potential for uncomfortable drafts. vailable in a wide variety of core styles and neck sizes, a combination can be selected to suit a specified air pattern and deliver the desired volume of air to suit any particular requirement. Many frame types are also available to suit almost any mounting condition including surface mount (flat, beveled or deep drop face) and T-ar panel types (Standard 1" (25), Fineline, Spline, Tegular or Metal Pan Snap-in). These models therefore offer a great degree of design flexibility. FETURES: Spring loaded core. Removable without the use of tools. High neck collars for solid connection. Secure core attachment. wide variety of frame styles to suit most ceiling applications. Optional extended panels to suit modular ceiling systems. Engineered air diffusion patterns for 1, 2, 3 or 4-way blow in a wide selection of square and rectangular neck sizes (see page 36). Clean lines with no unsightly visible screws. Square-to-round transition adaptors are available (SR option). Optional opposed blade damper with screwdriver slot operator. Material: 6500IV Series Corrosionresistant steel. 6200IV Series Heavy-gauge aluminum extrusions. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. VILLE SIZES: Unit Size is determined by duct dimensions. iffuser necks are undersized to suit ductwork. uct Sizes are available in 3" (76) increments. Minimum size: 6" x 6" (152 x 152) square neck. 9" x 6" (229 x 152) rectangular neck (most core styles). Maximum size: Types S, and : 36" x 36" (914 x 914). Types L, SP, TL, M and F: see page

34 PTTERN imensional ata and Frame Types Model Series 6500IV and 6200IV NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 3/4" (121) CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 3" (76) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) Type S - Surface Mount Frame 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1/4" (6) REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) INUCTION VNES NOMINL UCT SIZE + 5 1/2" (140) CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 1" (25) Type - eveled rop Face Frame NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1 1/4" (32) 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER INUCTION VNES Type L - Lay-In T-ar Frame REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) INUCTION VNES CM + 5/8" (16) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/16" (2) Type SP - Spline Frame NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) INUCTION VNES SPLINE TYPE IFFUSER FOR ONE-IRECTIONL EXPOSE T-R LY-IN GRI OR FOR CONCELE T-R GRI. (SPLINES ON TWO OPPOSITE SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON THE OTHER TWO SIES). Extended Panel iffusers Frame Types L, SP, TL, M and F If the ceiling module is more than 3" (76) larger than the neck size of the diffuser in either or both dimensions, a module-sized extended panel will be added. See the table at right for the maximum duct size for each module size. 34 TLE 1 Ceiling Maximum uct Size Maximum uct Size Module Size Frames L, SP and M Frames TL and F 12 x 12 (305 x 305) 9 x 9 (229 x 229) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 20 x 20 (508 x 508) 15 x 15 (381 x 381) 24 x 12 (610 x 305) 21 x 9 (533 x 229) 18 x 6 (457 x 152) 24 x 24 (610 x 610) 21 x 21 (533 x 533) 18 x 18 (457 x 457) 48 x 24 (1219 x 610) 45 x 21 (1143 x 533) imensions are in inches (mm).

35 PTTERN imensional ata and Frame Types Model Series 6500IV and 6200IV Type TL Tegular Lay-in CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 3/8" (10) TEGULR CEILING TILE CM = CEILING MOULE NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) 13/16" (21) CM - 1" (25) 15/16" (23) T-R CM - 1/16" (2) Type eep rop Face Type F Fineline CM = CEILING MOULE CEILING OPEN. = NOM. UCT SIZE + 1" (25) CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 2 1/2" (64) NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 3/4" (121) REMOVLE CORE Standard feature of Models 6500IV and 6200IV. Engineered design allows easy removal without the need for tools, yet remains securely in place. CM - 5/8" (16) CORE FRME HOW TO REMOVE "REMOVLE" CORE To remove diffuser core, lift the complete core assembly to disengage the latch, push the core against the core spring, pull down the core slightly and remove. Reverse procedure to re-install. LTCH CORE SPRING 35

36 PTTERN Standard Core Styles Model Series 6500IV and 6200IV Contact factory for special core configurations. SQURE RECTNGULR 1-WY 1S 1 1 SIZES VILLE CORE MINIMUM MXIMUM 1S x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 2-WY 2S 2 2 2S x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 2-WY CORNER 2G 2E 2F 2G 2E 2F 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 3-WY 3 3H ( is greater than ) ( is less than but greater than /2) 3 ( is equal to /2) E 3H 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 12 x 6 (305 x 152) 15 x 6 (381 x 152) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 18 (914 x 457) 36 x 15 (914 x 381) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 3E ( is less than /2) 4-WY 4 4 4C 4 4 4C 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 12 x 6 (305 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 30 (914 x 762) imensions are in inches (mm). Notes: 1. uct sizes are available in 3" (76) increments. 2. Patterns are shown in plan view (looking down into inlet). 36

37 PTTERN HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Induction Vane Pattern Ceiling iffusers Model Series 6500IV and 6200IV 6500IV - O - 9 x 9-24 x 24 - L - W SR08 MOEL - Steel Fixed Pattern 6500IV - luminum Fixed Pattern 6200IV MPER - No amper (default) - Opposed lade (steel) O - Opposed lade (alum.) O NECK SIZE (W x H) PNEL SIZE (TYPES L, SP, M, TL N F ONLY) Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x 600 FRME TYPE - Surface Mount Flat S - T-ar Lay-In L - Spline SP - Surface Mount eveled - Metal Pan M - Tegular (rop Face) TL - Fineline F - Surface Mount (eep rop) 2S 1S CCESSORIES - None (default) - Square to Round Transition Collar (04 thru 20 specify) SR - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Rectangular Neck: - Equalizing Grid (long) EGL - Equalizing Grid (short) EGS - amper/equal. Grid (long) EGL - amper/equal. Grid (short) EGS Round Neck: - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR CORE STYLE (See elow). FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP CORE STYLE CHRT 3 31 (Code 3F) 32 (Code 3G) ( is greater than ) ( is less than but greater than /2) 2G 3H 3 ( is equal to /2) Note: 1. Consult text as to limitations of panel, neck size and core style combinations. 4 2E 4 2F 4C 3E ( is less than /2) SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 6500IV (steel) or 6200IV (aluminum) Induction Vane Pattern Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The core assembly shall have a fixed pattern for horizontal throw and shall include induction vanes for rapid mixing of supply air with room air. The entire core assembly shall be removable without the use of tools. The directional pattern shall be supplied as a 4, 3, 2, or 1-way discharge pattern as specified. The core is to be interchangeable with all other frame styles of equal size. The square or rectangular duct connection collar shall be an integral part of the frame assembly. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). (Optional) n opposed blade damper constructed of heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel (aluminum is optional) shall be provided with all units. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

38 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500IV and 6200IV Square Neck Induction Vanes NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=1.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 1 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 2 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.3 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT X 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.8 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT X 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 6 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT For performance notes, see next page. 38

39 PTTERN Performance ata Models 6500IV and 6200IV Square Neck Induction Vanes NOMINL LOW NECK NECK PTTERNS VELOCITY SIZE TP RETURN SP=2.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.7 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 9 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM - cubic feet per minute Neck Velocity - feet per minute TP - total pressure - inches w.g. NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throw values are given for terminal velocities of 150, 100 and 50 fpm under isothermal conditions. ata applies to ceiling mounted units when the maximum coanda effect applies. When no ceiling is present (exposed duct), throws are reduced by approximately 25%. 2. Sound levels in performance tables are for steel construction Model 6500IV. pply the following corrections for aluminum construction Model 6200IV. TP = Listed value x NC = Listed value Performance data as tabulated is for supply air conditions. Correction factors for return air application - see next page. 4. Correction factors for round inlets - see next page. 5. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

40 PTTERN Performance ata Corrections Model Series 6500IV and 6200IV CORRECTION FCTORS FOR RETURN INLET If the unit is used as a return inlet, the performance data is obtained by applying the return corrections, as follows: dd the NC correction at the left side of the table to the NC value listed in the performance table. Multiply the listed SP factor at the left side of the table by the total pressure (TP) listed at the top of the table. Example: 12" x 12" unit handling 600 cfm of return air. (Page 38). Return NC = = 36. Return negative SP = 1.3 x (.14) =.182. CORRECTION FCTORS WITH SQURE TO ROUN INLET PTOR dd the NC correction factor from Table 2 and the NC value listed in the performance tables. Multiply the correction factor from Table 2 by the listed total pressure in the performance tables. Multiply the correction factor from Table 2 by the listed throws in the performance tables. Example: 12" x 12" unit with 10" round adaptor handling 500 cfm supply air. (Page 38). NC = = 34 Total Pressure =.097 x 1.65 = Throw = 17 x 1.15 = fpm terminal velocity. TLE 2 Correction Factors for SR daptors SQURE ROUN NC TP THROW (multiply) INLET INLET (add) (multiply) x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

41 PTTERN SQURE N RECTNGULR PTTERN LOUVERE FCE EXTR HIGH CPCITY SQURE, RECTNGULR OR ROUN NECKS LUMINUM Model: 6400 Fixed Pattern Suffix '-O' adds a steel opposed blade damper Suffix '-O' adds an aluminum opposed blade damper Model 6400 The Nailor Model Series 6400 Fixed Pattern Ceiling iffusers have been specially designed to provide an extra high capacity louvered face directional diffuser that can supply large volumes of air at relatively low sound levels and pressure drops. The Model 6400 differs from the 6200 Series diffuser only in that the leading edge on all angular discharge louvers is straight, without the horizontal lip. This results in a relatively deeper primary air stream emanating from the diffuser, which produces shorter throws and slightly lower sound levels. The 6400 Series relies on the ceiling coanda effect in order to maintain the catalogued throws for engineered air distribution and performance and is recommended for applications with higher ceiling heights or for heating applications to minimize stratification. vailable with a wide variety of core styles and neck sizes, a combination can be selected to suit a specified air pattern and deliver the desired volume of air to suit any particular requirement. Many frame types are also available to suit almost any mounting condition including surface mount (flat, beveled or deep drop face) and T-ar panel types (Standard 1" (25), Fineline, Spline, Tegular or Metal Snap-in). These models therefore offer a great degree of design flexibility. FETURES: Spring loaded core. Removable without the use of tools. High neck collars for solid connection. Secure core attachment. wide variety of frame styles to suit most ceiling applications. Optional extended panels to suit modular ceiling systems. Engineered air diffusion patterns for 1, 2, 3 or 4-way blow in a wide selection of square and rectangular neck sizes (see page 44). Clean lines with no unsightly visible screws. Square-to-round transition adaptors are available (SR option). Optional opposed blade damper with screwdriver slot operator. Material: luminum. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. VILLE SIZES: Unit size is determined by duct dimensions. iffuser necks are undersized to suit ductwork. uct sizes are available in 3" (76) increments. Minimum size: 6" x 6" (152 x 152) square neck. 9" x 6" (229 x 152) rectangular neck (most core styles). Maximum size: Types S, and : 36" x 36" (914 x 914). Types L, SP, TL, M and F: see page

42 PTTERN imensional ata and Frame Types Model Series 6400 Type S Surface Mount Frame NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 3/4" (121) CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 3" (76) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1/4" (6) REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) Type eveled rop Face Frame 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) NOMINL UCT SIZE + 5 1/2" (140) CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 1" (25) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1 1/4" (32) Type L Lay-In T-ar Frame 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) Type SP Spline Frame CM + 5/8" (16) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/16" (2) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) SPLINE TYPE IFFUSER FOR ONE-IRECTIONL EXPOSE T-R LY-IN GRI OR FOR CONCELE T-R GRI. (SPLINES ON TWO OPPOSITE SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON THE OTHER TWO SIES). Extended Panel iffusers Frame Types L, SP, TL, M and F If the ceiling module is more than 3" (76) larger than the neck size of the diffuser in either or both dimensions, a module-sized extended panel will be added. See the table at right for the maximum duct size for each module size. 42 TLE 1 Ceiling Maximum uct Size Maximum uct Size Module Size Frames L, SP, and M Frames TL and F 12 x 12 (305 x 305) 9 x 9 (229 x 229) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 20 x 20 (508 x 508) 15 x 15 (381 x 381) 24 x 12 (610 x 305) 21 x 9 (533 x 229) 18 x 6 (457 x 152) 24 x 24 (610 x 610) 21 x 21 (533 x 533) 18 x 18 (457 x 457) 48 x 24 (1219 x 610) 45 x 21 (1143 x 533) imensions are in inches (mm).

43 PTTERN imensional ata and Frame Types Model Series 6400 Type TL Tegular Lay-in CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 3/8" (10) TEGULR CEILING TILE CM = CEILING MOULE NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) 13/16" (21) CM - 1" (25) 15/16" (23) T-R CM - 1/16" (2) Type eep rop Face Type F Fineline CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 1" (25) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 2 1/2" (64) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 3/4" (121) REMOVLE CORE Standard feature of Model Engineered design allows easy removal without the need for tools, yet remains securely in place. CM - 5/8" (16) CORE FRME HOW TO REMOVE "REMOVLE" CORE To remove diffuser core, lift the complete core assembly to disengage the latch, push the core against the core spring, pull down the core slightly and remove. Reverse procedure to re-install. LTCH CORE SPRING 43

44 PTTERN Standard Core Styles Model Series 6400 Contact factory for special core configurations. SQURE RECTNGULR 1-WY 1S 1 1 SIZES VILLE CORE MINIMUM MXIMUM 1S x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) Type 1S 2-WY 2S 2 2 2S x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) Type 2S Type 2G 2-WY CORNER 3-WY 2G 3 3H 2C 2 2E 2F ( is greater than ) ( is less than but greater than /2) X 3 3C ( is equal to /2) 2G 2C 2 2E 2F C 3E 3H 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 12 x 6 (305 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 15 x 6 (381 x 152) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 18 (914 x 457) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 15 (914 x 381) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) Type 3 3E ( is less than /2) 4-WY 4 4 x 4C x 4 4 4C 4E 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 12 x 6 (305 x 152) 15 x 6 (381 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 30 (914 x 762) 36 x 27 (914 x 686) Type 4 4E imensions are in inches (mm). Notes: 1. uct sizes are available in 3" (76) increments. 2. Unless otherwise specified, the "x" dimension on 3C and 4E patterns will be such that cataloged flow division is obtained. 3. Patterns are shown in plan view (looking down into inlet). 44

45 PTTERN HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). High Capacity Pattern Ceiling iffusers Model Series O - 9 x 9-24 x 24 - L - W SR08 MOEL - luminum Fixed Pattern 6400 MPER - No amper (default) - Opposed lade (steel) O - Opposed lade (alum.) O NECK SIZE (W x H) PNEL SIZE (TYPES L, SP, M, TL N F ONLY) Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x 600 FRME TYPE - Surface Mount Flat S - T-ar Lay-In L - Spline SP - Surface Mount eveled - Metal Pan M - Tegular (rop Face) TL - Fineline F - Surface Mount (eep rop) Note: 1. Consult text as to limitations of panel, neck size and core style combinations. CORE STYLE CHRT 4 2S 1S 2G 4 2E 2C 1 2 2F 4C x x 4E CCESSORIES - None (default) - Square to Round Transition Collar (04 thru 20 specify) SR - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Rectangular Neck: - Equalizing Grid (long) EGL - Equalizing Grid (short) EGS - amper/equal. Grid (long) EGL - amper/equal. Grid (short) EGS Round Neck: - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR CORE STYLE (See elow). FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP 3 31 (Code 3F) 32 (Code 3G) ( is greater than ) ( is less than but greater than /2) 3H 3 ( is equal to /2) 3E ( is less than /2) X 3C SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model 6400 High Capacity Pattern Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. Units shall be extruded aluminum construction with miscellaneous steel components. lades and frame shall have reinforced staked mitered corners for high quality appearance and function. iffusers shall consist of an outer frame assembly to suit the application shown, which includes an integral collar for connection to the square or rectangular duct size indicated. square to round transition collar shall be supplied where indicated to facilitate attachment of round duct. n inner core assembly consisting of fixed deflection louvers capable of producing the airflow discharge indicated on the plans shall be securely held in place by a spring loaded mechanism without the need for visible screws. The core shall be fully removable in the field without tools for the purpose of installation, cleaning or damper adjustment. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). (Optional) n opposed blade damper constructed of heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel (aluminum is optional) shall be provided with all units. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

46 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Square Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=1.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 1 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 2 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.3 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT X 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.8 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT X 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 6 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT For performance notes, see page

47 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Square Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=2.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.7 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 9 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT S 2G CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 1S CFM/SIE THROW, FT For performance notes, see page

48 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=1.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 0 NC CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 1 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 3 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 1 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

49 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=2.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 2 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 3 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

50 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 3 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.7 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 3 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

51 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=2.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 3 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.5 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

52 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 5 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=5.0 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 6 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=1.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 2 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

53 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=1.9 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 3 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 5 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 5 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

54 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.3 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 6 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=4.0 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 7 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.0 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 4 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

55 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=2.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 5 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 6 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 7 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

56 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.8 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 7 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 31 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.2 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 5 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.5 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 6 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

57 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 7 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.6 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=2.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 7 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

58 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.4 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.1 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. For performance notes, see page

59 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400 Rectangular Neck NOMINL LOW NECK VEL NECK PTTERNS VP SIZE TP RETURN SP=3.3 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT E CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE x THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE SQ. FT. 2 THROW, FT C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT RETURN SP=3.4 TP CFM FCTORS NC + 8 NC C CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT x 32 CFM/SIE THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT SQ. FT. 2C 2 CFM/SIE E 2F THROW, FT CFM/SIE THROW, FT Notes: 1. Core style 4E is sized to give equal flow as near as possible in directions and. 2. For core styles 1, 1, 2 and 2, the direction is shown. Throw correction factor for direction is: x.82 =. CFM - cubic feet per minute VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. TP - total pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Neck Velocity - feet per minute Performance Notes: 1. Throw values are given for terminal velocities of 150, 100 and 50 fpm under isothermal conditions. ata applies to ceiling mounted units when the maximum coanda effect applies. When no ceiling is present (exposed duct), throws are reduced by approximately 30% with a downward projection of approximately 30 degrees. 2. Performance data as tabulated is for supply air conditions. Correction factors for return air application - see next page. 3. Correction factors for round inlets - see next page. 4. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

60 PTTERN Performance ata Corrections Model 6400 CORRECTION FCTORS WITH SQURE TO ROUN INLET PTOR TLE 2 dd the NC correction factor from Table 2 and the NC value listed in the performance tables. Multiply the correction factor from Table 2 by the listed total pressure in the performance tables. Multiply the correction factor from Table 2 by the listed throws in the performance tables. Example: 12" x 12" unit with 10" round adaptor handling 500 cfm supply air. (Page 46). NC = = 30 Total Pressure =.08 x 1.65 = Throw = 15 x 1.15 = fpm terminal velocity. CORRECTION FCTORS FOR RETURN INLET If the unit is used as a return inlet, the performance data is obtained by applying the return corrections, as follows: dd the NC correction at the left side of the table to the NC value listed in the performance table. Multiply the SP factor at the left side of the table by the total pressure (TP) listed at the top of the table. TLE 2 Correction Factors for SR daptors SQURE ROUN NC TP THROW (multiply) INLET INLET (add) (multiply) x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Example: 12" x 12" unit handling 600 cfm of return air. (Page 46). Return NC = = 32. Return negative SP = 1.3 x (.116) =.151. RECOMMENE MXIMUM IRFLOW TLE 3 iffuser mounting height and air temperature differential ( T) are both to be considered when selecting diffusers. s air travels from a diffuser, room air is entrained into the supply air stream and the delivery pattern thickens. If the volume or throw requirement is too great, the lower part of the supply air stream can intrude into the occupied zone causing objectionable drafts. Consult Table 3 to verify selection. TLE 3 Maximum Recommended irflow CEILING MXIMUM IRFLOW PER IFFUSER MX. REC. (CFM) COOLING HEIGHT TEMP. (ft.) 2-way 1-way 4-way 3-way IFFERENTIL (2, 2) & 2S T F F F F F F F 60

61 PTTERN SQURE N RECTNGULR INUCTION VNE LOUVERE FCE EXTR HIGH CPCITY 1,2,3 or 4-WY LOW PTTERN SQURE, RECTNGULR OR ROUN NECKS EXTRUE LUMINUM Model: 6400IV Fixed Pattern Suffix '-O' adds a steel opposed blade damper Suffix '-O' adds an aluminum opposed blade damper Model 6400IV ~ front and back view The Nailor 6400IV Induction Vane Pattern Ceiling iffuser has been specially designed for optimum performance in both heating and cooling applications. The 6400IV is a high capacity, high induction, louvered face directional diffuser that can supply large volumes of air at relatively low sound levels and pressure drops. The diffuser features aerodynamically designed straight angled louvers on 1 1/2" (38) centers. The induction vanes, mounted on the back of each louver are also spaced on 1 1/2" (38) centers and angled at 45 degrees. Vane sets on adjacent parallel louvers run in opposite directions and cause primary air to emerge from each louver at alternating angles. The induction vanes create counter-flowing jets of turbulent discharge air that promote high induction rates and rapid temperature equalization. This high induction characteristic is ideal for VV applications involving both high cooling and heating loads, producing superior room air mixing while minimizing the potential for uncomfortable drafts in the occupied space. vailable in a wide variety of core styles and neck sizes, a combination can be selected to suit a specified air pattern and deliver the desired volume of air to suit any particular requirement. Many frame types are also available to suit almost any mounting condition including surface mount (flat, beveled or deep drop face) and T-ar panel types (Standard 1" (25), Fineline, Spline, Tegular or Metal Pan Snap-in). These models therefore offer a great degree of design flexibility. STNR FETURES: Spring loaded core. Removable without the use of tools. High neck collars for solid connection. Secure core attachment. wide variety of frame styles to suit most ceiling applications. Optional extended panels to suit modular ceiling systems. Engineered air diffusion patterns for 1, 2, 3 or 4-way horizontal blow in a wide selection of square and rectangular neck sizes. (See page 64). Clean lines with no unsightly visible screws. Square-to-round transition collars are available (SR option). Optional opposed blade damper with screwdriver slot operator for square and rectangular necks. Radial opposed blade dampers are also available for round necks. Material: Extruded aluminum. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. VILLE SIZES: Unit Size is determined by duct dimensions. iffuser necks are undersized to suit ductwork. uct Sizes are available in 3" (76) increments. Minimum size: 6" x 6" (152 x 152) square neck. 9" x 6" (229 x 152) rectangular neck (most core styles). Maximum size: Types S, and : 36" x 36" (914 x 914). Types L, SP, TL, M and F: see page

62 PTTERN imensional ata and Frame Types Model Series 6400IV Type S Surface Mount Frame NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 3/4" (121) CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 3" (76) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1/4" (6) REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) INUCTION VNES Type eveled rop Face Frame Type L Lay-In T-ar Frame 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) REMOVLE CORE SPRING NOMINL UCT SIZE + 5 1/2" (140) CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 1" (25) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1 1/2" (38) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER INUCTION VNES 1 1/4" (32) Type SP Spline Frame REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) CM + 5/8" (16) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/16" (2) INUCTION VNES NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER REMOVLE CORE SPRING 1 1/2" (38) INUCTION VNES SPLINE TYPE IFFUSER FOR ONE-IRECTIONL EXPOSE T-R LY-IN GRI OR FOR CONCELE T-R GRI. (SPLINES ON TWO OPPOSITE SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON THE OTHER TWO SIES). Extended Panel iffusers Frame Types L, SP, M, TL and F If the ceiling module is more than 3" (76) larger than the neck size of the diffuser in either or both dimensions, a module-sized extended panel will be added. See the table at right for the maximum duct size for each module size. Ceiling Maximum uct Size Maximum uct Size Module Size Frames L, SP, and M Frames TL and F 12 x 12 (305 x 305) 9 x 9 (229 x 229) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 20 x 20 (508 x 508) 15 x 15 (381 x 381) 24 x 12 (610 x 305) 21 x 9 (533 x 229) 18 x 6 (457 x 152) 24 x 24 (610 x 610) 21 x 21 (533 x 533) 18 x 18 (457 x 457) 48 x 24 (1219 x 610) 45 x 21 (1143 x 533) imensions are in inches (mm). 62

63 PTTERN imensional ata and Frame Types Model Series 6400IV Type TL Tegular Lay-in CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 3/8" (10) TEGULR CEILING TILE CM = CEILING MOULE NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) 13/16" (21) CM - 1" (25) 15/16" (23) T-R CM - 1/16" (2) Type eep rop Face Type F Fineline CEILING OPEN. = NOM. UCT SIZE + 1" (25) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) 2 1/2" (64) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 3/4" (121) CM - 5/8" (16) SPRING LOE REMOVLE CORE Standard feature. Engineered design permits fast and easy removal for speedy through the neck installation in hard duct drops and for access to optional air balancing devices. No tools required. No unsightly, retaining screws visible to spoil smooth aesthetic lines. Latching mechanism ensures core remains securely in place. LTCH CORE FRME CORE SPRING HOW TO REMOVE CORE To remove diffuser core, lift the complete core assembly to disengage the latch, push the core sideways against the core springs, pull down the core slightly and remove. Reverse procedure to re-install. 63

64 PTTERN Standard Core Styles Model 6400IV Contact factory for special core configurations. SQURE RECTNGULR 1-WY 1S 1 1 SIZES VILLE CORE MINIMUM MXIMUM 1S x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) Type 1S 2-WY 2S 2 2 2S x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) Type 2S Type 2G 2-WY CORNER 3-WY 2G 3 3H 2C 2 2E 2F ( is greater than ) ( is less than but greater than /2) X 3 3C ( is equal to /2) 2G 2C 2 2E 2F C 3E 3H 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 12 x 6 (305 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 15 x 6 (381 x 152) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 18 (914 x 457) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 15 (914 x 381) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) Type 3 3E ( is less than /2) 4-WY 4 4 x 4C x 4 4 4C 4E 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 9 x 6 (229 x 152) 12 x 6 (305 x 152) 15 x 6 (381 x 152) 36 x 36 (914 x 914) 36 x 33 (914 x 838) 36 x 30 (914 x 762) 36 x 27 (914 x 686) Type 4 4E imensions are in inches (mm). Notes: 1. uct sizes are available in 3" (76) increments. 2. Specify the "x" dimension for 3C and 4E patterns. These are non-standard, custom fabrication core styles. 3. Patterns are shown in plan view (looking down into inlet). 64

65 PTTERN HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). High Capacity Induction Vane Pattern Ceiling iffusers Model 6400IV 6400IV - O - 9 x 9-24 x 24 - L - W SR08 MOEL - luminum Fixed Pattern 6400IV MPER - No amper (default) - Opposed lade (steel) O - Opposed lade (alum.) O NECK SIZE (W X H) PNEL SIZE (TYPES L, SP, M, TL N F ONLY) Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x 600 FRME TYPE - Surface Mount Flat S - T-ar Lay-In L - Spline SP - Surface Mount eveled - Metal Pan M - Tegular (rop Face) TL - Fineline F - Surface Mount (eep rop) CCESSORIES - None (default) - Square to Round Transition Collar (04 thru 20 specify) SR - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Rectangular Neck: - Equalizing Grid (long) EGL - Equalizing Grid (short) EGS - amper/equal. Grid (long) EGL - amper/equal. Grid (short) EGS Round Neck: - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR CORE STYLE (See page 64). FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP Note: 1. Consult text as to limitations of panel, neck size and core style combinations. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model 6400IV High Capacity Induction Vane Pattern Ceiling iffusers of the size and type shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. iffusers shall be designed for optimum performance in both heating and cooling applications. iffuser shall be of extruded aluminum construction with miscellaneous steel components. lades and frame shall have reinforced staked mitered corners for high quality appearance and function. iffusers shall consist of an outer frame assembly to suit the application shown, which includes an integral collar for connection to the square or rectangular duct size indicated. square to round transition collar shall be supplied where indicated to facilitate attachment of round duct. n inner core assembly consisting of fixed deflection louvers on 1 1/2" (38) centers, capable of producing either a 1, 2, 3 or 4-way horizontal airflow discharge pattern as indicated on the plans shall be securely held in place by a spring loaded mechanism without the need for visible screws. The deflection angle of each louver shall be constant (diffuser designs with a horizontal lip at the point of discharge are not acceptable). luminum induction vanes on 1 1/2" (38) centers shall be mounted in extrusion slots and welded to the rear of each louver of the inner core. The vanes shall be orientated at 45 in opposite direction on alternating louvers to promote rapid temperature equalization and ensure high induction and rapid mixing of the primary and room air. The core shall be fully removable in the field without tools for the purpose of installation, cleaning or damper adjustment. iffuser finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). (Optional) n opposed blade damper constructed of heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel (aluminum is optional) shall be provided with all units. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

66 PTTERN PI - ir iffusion Performance Index nalysis - Room Temperature/ Velocity Traverse Legend: Velocity Temperature (fpm) ( o F) 100 fpm 150 fpm 150 fpm 100 fpm 6' (1.93 m) Occupied Zone 50 fpm fpm 78" (1981) 66" (1676) 42" (1067) 9' (2.74 m) Occupied Zone 24" (610) 4" (102) Figure 1. PI nalysis. 18' (5.47 m) ir iffusion Performance Index (PI) is a single number rating of air diffuser performance when in cooling mode. PI relates the space conditions of local traverse temperatures and velocities to occupants' thermal comfort. Extensive studies have determined relationships between local temperatures, velocities and comfort reaction. On the basis of the temperature and velocity at a specific point, an effective draft temperature can be calculated for that location. Equation for Effective raft Temperature: ø = (t x - t c ) (V x - 30) where: ø = effective draft temperature t x = local air temperature ( F). t c = ambient temperature (setpoint, F). V x = local air velocity (fpm). Research has shown that a high percentage of people are comfortable when the effective draft temperature is between -3 and +2 at a velocity less than 70 fpm. PI is defined as the percentage of locations in the occupied space, which meet this comfort criteria and therefore represents the overall comfort level of an occupied space. The higher the PI number, the higher the comfort level in the space. For most commercial applications including offices, PI values of 80 or higher are desired. PI values vary as the ratio of the throw (T) to the characteristic length (L) vary, for a particular diffuser and flow rate. Throw values (T) at 50 fpm terminal velocity are used for diffusers in most commercial and institutional buildings. Length (L) is measured from the center of the diffuser to the closest wall, or to the meeting point with the throw of another diffuser. Ranges of T/L to yield desired values of the PI for various types of supply air outlet are provided in the Space ir iffusion Chapter in the SHRE Fundamentals Handbook. Using louvered ceiling diffusers, for an PI greater than 80, the suggested range of T 50 /L is These T/L guideline values were developed from testing a particular air outlets' PI at several cooling room loads via the method reported in NSI/SHRE Standard , "Method of Testing for Room ir iffusion." The PI T/L technique uses isothermal throw data as cataloged and determined under NSI/SHRE Standard 70 "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of ir Outlets and Inlets." Figure 1 is an example in a single plane of a temperature and velocity traverse to determine the PI for a space, based upon the method prescribed in NSI/SHRE Standard 113. Notes on Figure 1. Test Room Size: 18' x 24' x 9' iffuser: 6400IV, 12" x 12" neck, 4-way pattern. Supply ir: F Setpoint: 76 F ( t = 20 F) Cooling Load: 20.1 tuh/sq.ft. Throw: 13 ft. (@50 fpm terminal velocity) T 50 /L = 1.45 PI =

67 PTTERN pplication and ir Pattern Guidelines The use of overhead ceiling diffusers is currently far and away the most popular and economical way to introduce conditioned air into an occupied space. Commercial buildings require cooling a predominant amount of the time and overhead cooling is a well understood science. Most ceiling diffusers perform extremely well, even in variable volume applications during the cooling mode. Ceiling diffusers take advantage of a phenomenon known as the coanda or ceiling effect. low pressure zone is developed at the ceiling and the air projection tends to stick to or hug the ceiling as its travels away from the diffuser. This characteristic of non-free air jets usually enables the ventilation of conditioned spaces without undesirable cold air drafts dropping into the occupied zone during the cooling mode. High levels of occupant comfort and satisfaction can therefore be achieved. Conversely, overhead heating which may be required intermittently, particularly in the perimeter of a building is usually more of a compromise. The natural buoyancy of warm heating air tends to keep the air pattern up at or near the ceiling. If the air is too warm, stratification and short circuiting may result, where the air does not have an opportunity to mix well with the room air and the warmth therefore does not reach the occupied space. SHRE recommends a maximum temperature differential of 15 F T for comfort heating. Figure 2 illustrates a traditional pattern diffuser (e.g. Nailor Model 6400) with angled louvers, developed for high capacity at low sound levels. distinct directional (4-way) air pattern is produced with a partial downblow component, but at low flows as typically encountered in VV systems, the air may fall away from the ceiling or dump, producing drafts in the occupied space during cooling. ir emanates from this diffuser design at an angle of approximately 20 degrees down from the ceiling. It is therefore not recommended for ceiling heights below 10' 6" due to the possibility of excessive velocities in the occupied space. Figure 3 illustrates the currently popular pattern diffuser, which features the addition of a horizontal lip on the leading edge of the louvers (e.g. Nailor Models 6200 and 6500). This feature was added by most manufacturers to help maintain good ceiling effect at low flows during cooling when VV systems became predominant. However this design increases the risk of stratification and short circuiting during the heating mode. The Nailor 6400IV Induction Vane iffuser has been designed to optimize performance in both heating and cooling applications. Figure 4 illustrates a typical isovel envelope for the Nailor 6400IV diffuser. The depth of the envelope is somewhere between the aforementioned diffuser designs. Induction vanes increase turbulence as the conditioned air enters the space, resulting in an increase in room air induction and more rapid temperature equalization. Notice that the induction vanes also produce an increase in the spread of the air stream. This produces a more evenly distributed air pattern with shorter throws. iffuser placement flexibility is therefore increased and the potential for opposing diffuser air streams colliding and entering the occupied space is reduced. The Nailor 6400IV diffuser is therefore the perfect choice for commercial applications where comfort cooling and heating is desired. 6400IV iffuser ir Pattern Smoke Test The photo in Figure 5 illustrates how the induction vanes on a 4-way blow pattern generate turbulence and increase room air induction at the point of discharge. Rapid mixing of primary and room air and temperature equalization is achieved; resulting in gentle, draftless air movement in the occupied space, ensuring a high degree of occupant comfort. Figure 5. Laboratory Smoke Test. 6400IV Induction Vane iffuser, 4-way low Pattern. 67

68 PTTERN Figure 2. Traditional Pattern iffuser. 150 FPM ISOVEL 20 F T HETING 20 F T COOLING 1.5 to 3 ft. 8 ft. 150 FPM ISOVEL (PLN VIEW) Figure 3. Pattern iffuser with Horizontal Lip on Louvers. 150 FPM ISOVEL 20 F T HETING 20 F T COOLING 11 ft. 150 FPM ISOVEL (PLN VIEW) 3 to 6" Figure IV Series Induction Vane iffuser 150 FPM ISOVEL 20 F T HETING 20 F T COOLING 12 to 18" 5 ft. 150 FPM ISOVEL (PLN VIEW) INCRESE SPRE REUCE THROW Note: These illustrations are provided for guidance purposes in order to illustrate the relative difference between pattern ceiling diffusers with and without induction vanes. The 150 fpm throw isovel for a 12" x 12" 400 cfm is illustrated. 4-way diffuser is shown, but the airstream projection is only shown in one direction for reasons of space and is the same for the other three sides. 68

69 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400IV Square Neck Core Style 4 4-way blow pattern Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure irflow, cfm x 6 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 9 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 12 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 15 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 18 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 21 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 24 Throw NC For performance notes, see page

70 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400IV Square Neck Core Style 3 3-way blow pattern Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure Total irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm) Side (6) (13) (19) (25) (31) (37) (44) Throw (cfm) Side (9) (19) (28) (38) (47) (56) (66) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (14) (28) (42) (56) (70) (84) (99) Throw (cfm) Side (21) (43) (64) (84) (105) (127) (148) NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm) Side (25) (50) (75) (100) (125) (150) (175) Throw (cfm) Side (38) (75) (113) (150) (188) (225) (263) NC Total irflow, cfm x 15 Throw (cfm) Side (39) (78) (117) (156) (195) (235) (273) Throw (cfm) Side (59) (117) (176) (234) (293) (352) (410) NC Total irflow, cfm x 18 Throw (cfm) Side (56) (113) (169) (225) (281) (338) (394) Throw (cfm) Side (84) (169) (253) (338) (422) (506) (591) NC Core Style 2S 2-way opposite blow pattern Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure irflow, cfm x 6 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 9 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 12 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 15 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 18 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 21 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 24 Throw NC For performance notes, see page

71 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400IV Square Neck Core Style 2G 2-way corner blow pattern Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure Total irflow, cfm x 6 Throw NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw NC Total irflow, cfm x 15 Throw NC Total irflow, cfm x 18 Throw NC Core Style 1S 1-way blow pattern Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure irflow, cfm x 6 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 9 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 12 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 15 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 18 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 21 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 24 Throw NC For performance notes, see page

72 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400IV Rectangular Neck Core Style 4 4-way blow pattern Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure Total irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm) Side (13) (25) (38) (50) (63) (75) (88) Throw (cfm) Side (6) (12) (18) (25) (31) (37) (43) NC Total irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm) Side (19) (37) (56) (75) (94) (113) (131) Throw (cfm) Side (6) (13) (18) (25) (31) (37) (44) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (24) (47) (70) (94) (117) (141) (164) Throw (cfm) Side (14) (28) (42) (56) (70) (84) (98) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (33) (65) (98) (131) (165) (198) (230) Throw (cfm) Side (14) (28) (48) (56) (70) (84) (98) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (42) (85) (126) (169) (211) (254) (296) Throw (cfm) Side (14) (28) (42) (56) (70) (84) (98) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (51) (103) (154) (206) (258) (309) (360) Throw (cfm) Side (14) (28) (42) (56) (70) (84) (98) NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm) Side (38) (75) (112) (150) (187) (225) (262) Throw (cfm) Side (25) (50) (75) (100) (125) (150) (175) NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm) Side (50) (100) (150) (200) (250) (300) (351) Throw (cfm) Side (25) (50) (74) (99) (124) (149) (173) NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm) Side (53) (125) (187) (250) (312) (375) (437) Throw (cfm) Side (35) (50) (75) (100) (125) (150) (175) NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm) Side (75) (150) (225) (300) (375) (450) (525) Throw (cfm) Side (25) (50) (75) (100) (125) (150) (175) NC Total irflow, cfm x 15 Throw (cfm) Side (54) (110) (164) (219) (273) (328) (383) Throw (cfm) Side (39) (78) (117) (156) (195) (234) (273) NC Total irflow, cfm x 18 Throw (cfm) Side (76) (200) (225) (300) (375) (450) (526) Throw (cfm) Side (56) (112) (169) (225) (280) (337) (394) NC Total irflow, cfm x 18 Throw (cfm) Side (94) (187) (281) (375) (469) (563) (656) Throw (cfm) Side (56) (112) (169) (225) (280) (337) (394) NC For performance notes, see page

73 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400IV Rectangular Neck Core Style 3 3-way blow pattern Core Style 32 3-way blow pattern Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure Total irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm) Side (25) (50) (75) (100) (125) (150) (175) Throw (cfm) Side (13) (25) (38) (50) (63) (75) (88) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (57) (113) (169) (225) (282) (338) (394) Throw (cfm) Side (28) (56) (84) (113) (141) (169) (199) NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm) Side (100) (200) (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) Throw (cfm) Side (50) (100) (150) (200) (250) (300) (350) NC Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure Total irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm) Side (15) (28) (42) (56) (70) (84) (98) Throw (cfm) Side (12) (23) (35) (47) (58) (70) (82) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (25) (50) (75) (100) (125) (150) (175) Throw (cfm) Side (25) (50) (75) (100) (125) (150) (175) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (39) (78) (117) (156) (196) (235) (274) Throw (cfm) Side (27) (55) (82) (109) (137) (164) (191) NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm) Side (39) (78) (117) (156) (195) (234) (273) Throw (cfm) Side (43) (86) (129) (172) (215) (258) (301) NC Total irflow, cfm x 15 Throw (cfm) Side (56) (113) (168) (225) (281) (338) (394) Throw (cfm) Side (66) (131) (197) (262) (328) (394) (459) NC For performance notes, see page

74 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400IV Rectangular Neck Core Style 3E 3-way blow pattern Core Style 31 3-way blow pattern Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure Total irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm) Side (38) (75) (113) (150) (188) (225) (263) Throw (cfm) Side (13) (25) (38) (50) (63) (75) (88) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (75) (150) (225) (300) (375) (450) (525) Throw (cfm) Side (28) (56) (84) (113) (141) (169) (197) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (94) (188) (281) (375) (469) (563) (656) Throw (cfm) Side (28) (56) (84) (113) (141) (169) (197) NC Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure Total irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm) Side (16) (31) (47) (62) (78) (93) (109) Throw (cfm) Side (6) (12) (19) (25) (31) (37) (44) NC Total irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm) Side (22) (44) (66) (88) (109) (131) (153) Throw (cfm) Side (6) (13) (19) (25) (32) (38) (44) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (30) (61) (91) (122) (152) (183) (213) Throw (cfm) Side (14) (28) (42) (56) (70) (84) (98) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (40) (80) (119) (159) (199) (239) (279) Throw (cfm) Side (14) (28) (42) (56) (70) (84) (98) NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm) Side (50) (100) (150) (200) (250) (300) (350) Throw (cfm) Side (25) (50) (75) (100) (125) (150) (175) NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm) Side (63) (125) (188) (250) (313) (375) (437) Throw (cfm) Side (25) (50) (75) (100) (125) (150) (175) NC Total irflow, cfm x 15 Throw (cfm) Side (74) (149) (223) (297) (371) (445) (520) Throw (cfm) Side (39) (78) (117) (156) (195) (234) (273) NC For performance notes, see page

75 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400IV Rectangular Neck Core Styles 2C, 2, 2E and 2F 2-way corner blow pattern 2C 2 2E 2F Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure Total irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm) Side (25) (50) (75) (100) (125) (150) (175) Throw (cfm) Side (13) (25) (38) (50) (63) (75) (88) NC Total irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm) Side (38) (75) (113) (150) (188) (225) (263) Throw (cfm) Side (13) (25) (38) (50) (63) (75) (88) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (47) (94) (140) (188) (234) (281) (328) Throw (cfm) Side (28) (56) (84) (112) (140) (169) (197) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (66) (132) (197) (262) (328) (394) (459) Throw (cfm) Side (28) (56) (84) (113) (141) (169) (197) NC Total irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm) Side (85) (169) (254) (338) (421) (506) (591) Throw (cfm) Side (28) (56) (85) (113) (141) (169) (197) NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm) Side (75) (150) (225) (300) (375) (450) (525) Throw (cfm) Side (50) (100) (150) (200) (250) (300) (350) NC Total irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm) Side (100) (200) (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) Throw (cfm) Side (50) (100) (150) (200) (250) (300) (350) NC Core Style 2 2-way opposite blow pattern Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm / side) (47) (94) (141) (188) (234) (282) (328) NC irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm / side) (57) (113) (169) (225) (282) (338) (394) NC irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm / side) (66) (132) (197) (263) (328) (394) (460) NC irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm / side) (63) (125) (188) (250) (313) (375) (438) NC irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm / side) (75) (150) (225) (300) (375) (450) (525) NC irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm / side) (88) (175) (263) (350) (438) (525) (613) NC irflow, cfm x 12 Throw (cfm / side) (100) (200) (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) NC For performance notes, see page

76 PTTERN Performance ata Model 6400IV Rectangular Neck Core Style 2 2-way opposite blow pattern Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm / side) (19) (38) (57) (75) (94) (113) (132) NC irflow, cfm x 6 Throw (cfm / side) (25) (50) (75) (100) (125) (150) (175) NC irflow, cfm x 9 Throw (cfm / side) (38) (75) (113) (150) (188) (225) (263) NC Core Styles 1 and 1 1-way blow pattern 1 1 Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Velocity Pressure Size Total Pressure irflow, cfm x 6 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 6 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 6 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 6 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 6 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 6 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 9 Throw NC irflow, cfm x 9 Throw NC Performance Notes: 1. ll pressure are in inches w.g.. 2. Throw values are given for terminal velocities of 150, 100 and 50 fpm under isothermal conditions. ata applies to ceiling mounted units when the maximum coanda effect applies. When no ceiling is present (exposed duct), throws are reduced by approximately 25%. 3. NC (Noise Criteria) values are based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. 4. Tests conducted on diffuser only without damper using ideal straight rigid inlet condition. Other inlet conditions may affect performance. Correction factors for addition of a neck mounted opposed blade damper (fully open): Total Pressure: Multiply catalog value by x NC: dd +4 to catalog value. 5. Correction factor for round inlets, see next page. 6. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

77 PTTERN Performance ata Corrections Model 6400IV Correction Factors For Round Necks (Square to Round Inlet daptors). dd the NC correction factor from Table 1 and the NC value listed in the performance tables. Multiply the correction factor from Table 1 by the listed total pressure in the performance tables. Multiply the correction factor from Table 1 by the listed throws in the performance tables. Example: 12" x 12" unit with 10" round adaptor handling 500 cfm supply air. (Page 69). NC = = 27 Total Pressure =.072 x 1.65 = Throw = 16 x 1.15 = fpm terminal velocity. Recommended Maximum irflow iffuser mounting height and air temperature differential ( T) are both to be considered when selecting diffusers. s air travels from a diffuser, room air is entrained into the supply air stream and the delivery pattern thickens. If the volume or throw requirement is too great, the lower part of the supply air stream can intrude into the occupied zone causing objectionable drafts. Consult Table 2 to verify selection. TLE 1 Correction Factors for SR daptors SQURE ROUN NC TP THROW (multiply) INLET INLET (add) (multiply) x x x x x x x TLE 2 Maximum Recommended irflow CEILING MXIMUM IRFLOW PER IFFUSER MX. REC. (CFM) COOLING HEIGHT TEMP. (ft.) 2-way 1-way 4-way 3-way IFFERENTIL (2, 2) & 2S T F F F F F F F 77

78 STMPE SQURE STMPE SQURE FIXE IR PTTERN HIGH PERFORMNCE SQURE FCE ROUN NECK Models: RNS Steel RNS luminum The Nailor RNS Series Square Ceiling ir iffusers have been specially designed to provide an extremely cost effective, value engineered product. They offer both the unobtrusive appearance required for architectural excellence and the 360 diffusion pattern at minimum NC levels required for high engineering performance. For these reasons the RNS Series diffuser is the most popular choice for general applications. The stamped one-piece cones eliminate mitered corners and the die-formed curves provide consistent quality and performance. The stepped down core design increases capacity and minimizes streaking and smudging of the ceiling. The diffusers provide stable diffusion and mixing patterns under constant and changing load conditions and are particularly suitable for variable air volume systems. The diffusers are available with various frame/border designs to suit many ceiling systems including surface mount, T-ar lay-in, and panel applications. Standard finish is a high quality baked enamel for long life and easy cleaning. variety of neck sizes are available to suit your system design. The collar is a full 1 1/4" (32) in height for easy, secure connection. Steel models are available in all size and frame type combinations. luminum models are available in a 24" x 24" (610 x 610) and a 20" x 20" (508 x 508) full face Type L frame module and 12" x 12" (305 x 305) modules with a full face Type L or Type S frame. FETURES: Spring loaded core is securely held in position and is removable without the use of tools. Engineered air diffusion pattern. Steel stamped shapes for uniformity. High neck collars for solid connection. ll 12" x 12" (305 x 305) and 24" x 24" (610 x 610) modules feature four cones in all neck sizes, providing a uniform and balanced appearance. The 20" x 20" (508 x 508) module has three cones. Screwdriver adjustment of the optional balancing damper is achieved through the inner cone assembly. Model RNS Optional Q Quadrant lanks for 1, 2 and 3-way blow. Material: Heavy gauge, corrosionresistant steel or aluminum with miscellaneous steel components. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. Type L Lay-in, T-ar Frame 12 x 12 (300 x 300) and 24 x 24 (600 x 600) modules CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) N 1 1/8" (28) imensional ata Ceiling Module CM Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Metric uct Size uct Size Modules Modules N F N F 12 x / x 5, 6, * , 152, 1 1/ , 8 178, x , 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, x 1 1/4 2 5/ /4 12, 14, , 356, * Supplied with a reducer. 78

79 STMPE SQURE imensional ata and Frame Types Models RNS and RNS Type L Surface Mount CM = CEILING MOULE CEILING OPENING = Type L Lay-in T-ar 20" x 20" (500 x 500) module = NOMINL ROUN UCT I. - 1/8" (3) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE 1 1/4" (32) 2 1/4" (57) CM Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Metric uct Size uct Size Modules Modules 20 x x 500 6, 8, /2 152, 203, The 20 x 20 (500 x 500) module is only available in this frame style. 1/2" (13) Type L Surface Mount with F CEILING OPENING = CM + 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) Type PL Panel Mounted Lay-in T-ar SUPPLIE WITH SEPRTE F FRME CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) FCE SIZE CM = CEILING MOULE CEILING OPENING = CM - 1" (25) N 1 1/8" (28) CM Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Metric Face uct Size Face uct Size Modules Modules Size N Size N 24 x x / x x 300 x 5, 6, * 7, 1 x 127, 152, 178, 1 1/ x x , 8, 10, , 203, 254, 30 x 30 x x 12, 14, /4 2 5/16 x 305, 356, , 8, 10, , 203, 254, 48 x 24 x x 12, 14, /4 2 5/16 x 305, 356, Supplied with a reducer. * Type S Surface Mount CM - 1/4" (6) Hard duct connection recommended. CM + 1 1/2" (38) rywall/plaster Frame. Recommended for flexible duct and ceiling access. OVERLL = F Hard duct connection recommended. Type F Fineline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) Type SP Spline CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM = CEILING MOULE 5/16" (8) CM - 1/16" (2) 13/16" (21) CM - 1/16" (2) 3/8" (10) CM - 5/8" (16) 9/16" (14) For one directional exposed T-bar or fully concealed grid. One spline on two opposite sides, steel lift bracket on others. 79

80 STMPE SQURE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Stamped Square Ceiling iffusers Models RNS and RNS RNS x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel, Fixed Pattern RNS - luminum, Fixed Pattern RNS NECK SIZE (inches) - 04, 05, 06, 07, 08-10, 12, 14, 15 CEILING MOULE SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x 12 (PL only) 600 x 300 (PL only) - 24 x x x 30 (PL only) 750 x 750 (PL only) - 48 x 24 (PL only) 1200 x 600 (PL only) FRME STYLE - T-ar Lay-in L - Surface Mount S - Panel T-ar Lay-in PL - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-In M - Fineline F Notes: 1. Face sizes 12" x 12" (300 x 300) and 24" x 12" (600 x 300) are available in a 4" (102) through 8" (203) neck, 20" x 20" (500 x 500) face size is available in a 6", 8" or 10" (152, 203 or 254) neck and 24" x 24" (600 x 600) face size is available in a 6" (152) through 15" (381) neck. 2. Face size 20" x 20" (500 x 500) is available only in frame style L. 3. Consult text as to limitations of material, module size and frame style combinations. LOW PTTERNS WITH OPTIONL FCTORY INSTLLE QURNT LNKS. Q3 3-way blow Q2 2-way opposite blow CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT - Quadrant lanks 3-Way low Q3 2-Way Opposite low Q2 2-Way Corner low QC2 1-Way low Q1 IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP QC2 2-way corner blow Q1 1-way blow 80 SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: RNS Steel Construction Furnish and install Nailor Model RNS Stamped Square Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall be manufactured from corrosion-resistant steel and have four die-formed concentric cones in all sizes, except the 20" x 20" (500 x 500) module size which will consist of three cones. The inner cone assembly is to be removable using a spring clip arrangement that permits quick, easy installation and removal. The diffuser shall have a removable plug for screwdriver adjustment of the optional damper without removing the inner core. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard RNS luminum Construction Furnish and install Nailor Model RNS Stamped Square Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have four die-formed aluminum concentric cones in all sizes, except the 20" x 20" (500 x 500) module size which will consist of three cones. The inner cone assembly is to be removable using a spring clip arrangement that permits quick, easy installation and removal. The diffuser shall have a removable plug for screwdriver adjustment of the optional damper without removing the inner core. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

81 STMPE SQURE Performance ata Models RNS and RNS 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Face Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC Models RNS and RNS 20 x 20 (500 x 500) Face Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC For performance notes, see next page. 81

82 STMPE SQURE Performance ata Models RNS and RNS 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Face Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T -throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities, under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard The addition of quadrant blanks reduces the effective area and for a given air volume, increases the discharge velocity. This will result in an increase in throw, pressure drop and sound level. To determine throw, select the diffuser as if it were supplying a larger volume of air. The table shows the percentage increase required to determine selection of diffuser size and throw. To correct pressure drop and NC, use correction factors as shown for 4-way blow values. Neck Size Nominal k iameter Overall Factor in Inches Face Size 6 12 x x x x x x x x Quadrant % Increase in ir % Increase in NC Sound lanks Volume for Throw Static Pressure Level (low) etermination rop Increase 1 (3-way) (2-way)

83 STMPE SQURE JUSTLE STMPE SQURE CEILING IFFUSERS HIGH PERFORMNCE SQURE FCE ROUN NECK HORIZONTL TO VERTICL JUSTLE ISCHRGE PTTERN Models: RNS Steel RNS luminum Model RNS The Nailor Models RNS and RNS djustable Square Ceiling ir iffusers have been specially designed to provide both the unobtrusive appearance required for architectural excellence and the 360 diffusion pattern at minimum NC levels required for high engineering performance. They provide the flexibility of a standard horizontal discharge or near vertical discharge pattern, useful in high ceiling applications where better air penetration or spot heating may be desired. The stamped one-piece cones eliminate mitered corners and the die-formed curves provide consistent quality and performance. The adjustable diffusers provide stable diffusion and mixing patterns under constant and changing load conditions and are particularly suitable for variable air volume systems. They are available to suit many situations including surface mount, T-ar lay-in and panel applications. Standard finish is a high quality baked enamel for long life and easy cleaning. variety of neck sizes are available to suit your system design. The collar is a full 1 1/4" (32) in height for easy, secure connection. FETURES: Removable core. Steel stamped shapes for uniformity. High neck collars for solid connection. ll 12" x 12" (305 x 305) and 24" x 24" (610 x 610) modules feature four cones in all neck sizes, providing a uniform and balanced appearance. The 20" x 20" (508 x 508) module has three cones. Compatible with Model 4275 Radial Opposed lade amper (option). Other dampers may need adaptors. Screwdriver adjustment of the optional balancing damper through the core. Optional Q quadrant blanks for 1, 2 and 3-way blow. Material: Heavy gauge corrosionresistant steel or aluminum with miscellaneous steel components. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. djustment: Unique design permits gradual adjustment of air pattern from horizontal flow with the inner cone assembly extended to vertical flow by retracting the inner cone assembly. vailable as Type 1 or 2. Type 1 'Sliding Type' djusted by sliding the inner cone assembly up or down. Core is securely retained by a spring loaded friction arrangement. Steel or aluminum construction. Type 2 'Rotating Type' unique 'screw type' arrangement where the angle of discharge is varied by rotating the center cone. Steel construction only. Horizontal ir Pattern Vertical ir Pattern Horizontal ir Pattern Vertical ir Pattern 83

84 STMPE SQURE imensional ata and Frame Types Models RNS and RNS Type L Lay-in T-ar 12 x 12 (300 x 300) and 24 x 24 (600 x 600) modules CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) = NOMINL ROUN UCT I. - 1/8" (3) 1 1/4" (32) Type L Lay-in T-ar 20 x 20 (500 x 500) module = NOMINL ROUN UCT I. - 1/8" (3) 1 1/4" (32) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE Imperial Modules Metric Modules Imperial Units SI Units SI Units (inches) (mm) (mm) Listed CM = 12 x 12 CM = 305 x 305 CM = 300 x 300 Neck Size 6, 8 (inches) 0 to 0 to 0 to 2 1/ , 203 (metric) 1/ CM = 24 x 24 CM = 610 x 610 CM = 600 x 600 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15 (inches) 0 to 0 to 0 to 3 3/ , 203, 254, 305, 3/ , 381 (metric) * Type PL Panel Mounted Lay-in T-ar Imperial Modules SI Units (inches) (mm) Listed Face Size = 12 x 12 Face Size = 305 x 305 Neck Size N N / * 2 1/4 to 57 to /4 1/ Face Size = 24 x 24 Face Size = 610 x /4 3 3/4 to to / Supplied with a reducer. Imperial Modules Metric Modules Imperial Units SI Units SI Units (inches) (mm) (mm) Listed CM = 20 x 20 CM = 508 x 508 CM = 500 x 500 Neck Size 6 (152) 0 to 0 to 0 to 8 (203) 3 1/8 3/ (254) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) FCE SIZE vailable Ceiling Modules CM Imperial Modules Metric Modules Imperial Units SI Units SI Units (inches) (mm) (mm) Face Size 12 x 12 (305 x 305) Listed Neck Sizes 4, 5, 6, 8 (102, 127, 152, 203) 20 x x x x x x x x x 600 Face Size 24 x 24 (610 x 610) Listed Neck Sizes 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15 (152, 203, 254, 305, 356, 381) 30 x x x x x x 600 N Type S Surface Mount Type F Fineline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) CEILING OPENING = CM + 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) CM + 1 1/2" (38) FRMING MEMER ROUN OPENING (Y OTHERS) SUPPLIE WITH SEPRTE F FRME CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) CM - 5/8" (16) 9/16" (14) 5/16" (8) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/16" (2) Steel models only 13/16" (21) 84

85 STMPE SQURE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Stamped Square djustable Ceiling iffusers Models RNS and RNS RNS x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel, djustable 'Sliding Type' RNS1 - Steel, djustable 'Rotating Type' RNS2 - luminum, djustable 'Sliding Type' RNS NECK SIZE (inches) - 04, 05, 06, 07, 08-10, 12, 14, 15 CEILING MOULE SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x 12 (PL only) 600 x 300 (PL only) - 24 x x x 30 (PL only) 750 x 750 (PL only) - 48 x 24 (PL only) 1200 x 600 (PL only) FRME STYLE - T-ar Lay-in L - Surface Mount S - Panel T-ar Lay-in PL - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-In M - Fineline F Q3 3-way blow CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT - Quadrant lanks 3-Way low Q3 2-Way Opposite low Q2 2-Way Corner low QC2 1-Way low Q1 IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Opposed lade amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP LOW PTTERNS WITH OPTIONL FCTORY INSTLLE QURNT LNKS. Q2 2-way opposite blow QC2 2-way corner blow Notes: 1. Face sizes 12" x 12" (300 x 300) and 24" x 12" (600 x 300) are available in a 4" (102) through 8" (203) neck, 20" x 20" (500 x 500) face size is available in a 6", 8" or 10" (152, 203 or 254) neck and 24" x 24" (600 x 600) face size is available in a 6" (152) through 15" (381) neck. 2. Face size 20" x 20" (500 x 500) is available only in frame style L. 3. Consult text as to limitations of material, module size and frame style combinations. Q1 1-way blow SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: RNS1, RNS2 Steel Construction Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) RNS1 or RNS2 djustable Stamped Square Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall be manufactured from corrosion-resistant steel and incorporate four die-formed concentric cones in all sizes, except the 20" x 20" (500 x 500) module size which will consist of three cones. Model RNS1 shall have an adjustable sliding type inner cone assembly that is securely retained by a spring loaded friction arrangement. Model RNS2 shall have an adjustable rotating type inner cone assembly that is adjusted by rotating the center cone. The inner cone assembly is to be removable using a spring clip arrangement that permits quick, easy installation and removal. The diffuser shall have a removable plug for screwdriver adjustment of the optional damper without removing the inner core. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard RNS luminum Construction Furnish and install Nailor Model RNS djustable Stamped Square Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have four die-formed aluminum concentric cones in all sizes, except the 20" x 20" (500 x 500) module size which will consist of three cones. The diffuser shall have an adjustable sliding type inner cone assembly that is securely retained by a spring loaded friction arrangement. The inner cone assembly is to be removable using a spring clip arrangement that permits quick, easy installation and removal. The diffuser shall have a removable plug for screwdriver adjustment of the optional damper without removing the inner core. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

86 STMPE SQURE Performance ata Models RNS and RNS 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Face Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Horizontal Vertical irflow, CFM " Horizontal ia. T Vertical NC Horizontal Vertical TP Horizontal Vertical irflow, CFM " Horizontal ia. T Vertical NC Horizontal Vertical Models RNS and RNS 20 x 20 (500 x 500) Face Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Horizontal Vertical irflow, CFM " Horizontal ia. T Vertical NC Horizontal Vertical TP Horizontal Vertical irflow, CFM " Horizontal ia. T Vertical NC Horizontal Vertical TP Horizontal Vertical irflow, CFM " Horizontal ia. T Vertical NC Horizontal Vertical For performance notes, see next page. 86

87 STMPE SQURE Performance ata Models RNS and RNS 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Face Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Horizontal Vertical " irflow, CFM ia. Horizontal T Vertical NC Horizontal Vertical TP Horizontal Vertical " irflow, CFM ia. Horizontal T Vertical NC Horizontal Vertical TP Horizontal Vertical " irflow, CFM ia. Horizontal T Vertical NC Horizontal Vertical TP Horizontal Vertical " irflow, CFM ia. Horizontal T Vertical NC Horizontal Vertical TP Horizontal Vertical " irflow, CFM ia. Horizontal T Vertical NC Horizontal Vertical TP Horizontal Vertical " irflow, CFM ia. Horizontal T Vertical NC Horizontal Vertical CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. Horizontal throws are with ceiling coanda effect. For exposed duct mounting, multiply table values by x 0.7. Vertical throw is a free jet. 3. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

88 STMPE SQURE STMPE SQURE HIGH PERFORMNCE SQURE FCE ROUN NECK STEEL Model: RNS2 Steel Model RNS2 The Nailor Model RNS2 Square Ceiling ir iffuser has been specially designed to provide the mechanical engineer with the most cost effective engineered diffuser currently available in the industry. It combines the high performance expected from a louvered face type ceiling diffuser with a cost as low as any lesser performing commercial diffuser currently available. The RNS2 has a 360 diffusion pattern at minimum NC levels required for high engineering performance. The diffuser provides stable diffusion and mixing patterns under constant and changing load conditions and is eminently suitable for variable air volume systems. It can accommodate a turn down of 80% without losing the ceiling coanda effect and dumping. The stamped one-piece cones eliminate mitered corners and the die-formed curves provide consistent quality and performance. The Model RNS2 diffusers are available to suit many situations including surface mount, T-ar lay-in and panel applications. Standard finish is a high quality, baked enamel for long life and easy cleaning. variety of neck sizes are available to suit your system design. The collar is a full 1 1/4" (32) in height for easy, secure connection. FETURES: Engineered air diffusion pattern. Steel stamped shapes for uniformity. High neck collars for solid connection. With 2 cones in all sizes, the diffusers provide a uniform appearance. Screwdriver adjustment of optional balancing damper is achieved through the inner cone assembly. Optional Q Quadrant lanks for 1, 2 and 3-way blow. Material: Heavy gauge, corrosionresistant steel. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. Type L Lay-in T-ar Frame CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) E 1 1/4" (32) imensional ata Ceiling Module CM Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Metric uct Size uct Size Modules Modules E F E F 12 x , 152, x / x , 8, 10, x 2 5/ / /4 152, 203, 254, 12, 14, , 356, /8" x 9 3/8" (238 x 238) OR 17 1/2" x 17 1/2" (445 x 445) 88

89 STMPE SQURE imensional ata and Frame Types Model RNS2 Type PL Panel Mounted Lay-in T-ar CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) N FCE SIZE CM Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Metric Face uct Size Face uct Size Modules Modules Size N Size N 24 x x , , 24 x x 300 x 1 1/4 1 x x x x , 8, 10, , 203, 254, x x 1 1/4 2 5/16 x 12, 14, , 356, Type L Surface Mount CM = CEILING MOULE CEILING OPENING = Type L Surface Mount with F CEILING OPENING = CM + 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) SUPPLIE WITH SEPRTE F FRME Type S Surface Mount CM = CEILING MOULE CEILING OPENING = CM - 1" (25) CM - 1/4" (6) CM + 1 1/2" (38) OVERLL = F Hard duct connection recommended. rywall/plaster Frame. Recommended for flexible duct and ceiling access. Hard duct connection recommended. Type F Fineline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) Type SP Spline CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM = CEILING MOULE 5/16" (8) CM - 1/16" (2) 13/16" (21) CM - 1/16" (2) 3/8" (10) CM - 5/8" (16) 9/16" (14) For one directional exposed T-bar or fully concealed grid. One spline on two opposite sides, steel lift bracket on others. 89

90 STMPE SQURE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Stamped Square Ceiling iffusers Model RNS2 RNS x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel, Fixed Pattern RNS2 NECK SIZE (inches) - 06, 08, - 10, 12, 14, 15 CEILING MOULE SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x 20 (PL only) 500 x 500 (PL only) - 24 x 12 (PL only) 600 x 300 (PL only) - 24 x x 600 FRME STYLE - T-ar Lay-in L - Surface Mount S - Panel T-ar Lay-in PL - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-In M - Fineline F CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT - Quadrant lanks 3-Way low Q3 2-Way Opposite low Q2 2-Way Corner low QC2 1-Way low Q1 IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper Radial O with Operating rm 4275-O - utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP LOW PTTERNS WITH OPTIONL FCTORY INSTLLE QURNT LNKS. Q3 3-way blow QC2 2-way corner blow Q2 2-way opposite blow Q1 1-way blow Notes: 1. Face sizes 12" x 12" (300 x 300) and 24" x 12" (600 x 300) are limited to a 6" (152) or 8" (203) neck and 24" x 24" (600 x 600) is available in a 6" (152) through 15" (381) neck. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model RNS2 Stamped Square Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall be manufactured from corrosion-resistant steel and incorporate two die-formed concentric cones. The diffuser shall have a removable plug for screwdriver adjustment of the optional damper without removing the inner core. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

91 STMPE SQURE Performance ata Model RNS2 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Face Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC Model RNS2 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Face Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Horizontal throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Neck Size Nominal k iameter Overall Factor in Inches Face Size 6 12 x x x x x x x x

92 STMPE SQURE "TWISTER" "TWISTER" STMPE CEILING SWIRL IFFUSER New Product HIGH PERFORMNCE HIGH INUCTION ROUN NECK Model: TWR Steel Model TWR The Nailor Model Series TWR "Twister" Stamped Square Ceiling iffuser is a high performance ceiling diffuser that is ideal for VV applications. The name "Twister" is given to this diffuser because of its tight horizontal 360 swirl air pattern. The contemporary architectural radial vane design produces an unmatched high induction swirl pattern engineered to optimize occupant comfort by minimizing stratification over a wide range of air volumes. The "Twister s" superior coanda effect air pattern eliminates dumping and is ideal for VV applications. The diffuser features the popular 2' x 2' (600 x 600) module size and is available with frame/border styles to suit all ceiling systems. The round neck design includes a full 1 1/4" (32) high collar for an easy, secure connection. FETURES: Constructed from heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel. Stamped face design allows for uniformity of the radial vanes. Superior coanda effect air pattern, eliminates dumping and is ideal for VV applications. 24" x 24" (600 x 600) ceiling module size available with frame/border types to suit all ceiling systems. Engineered 'swirl' air diffusion pattern. esigned for cfm; available in five neck sizes 6" 14" ( ). High neck collars for solid connection. Removable plug for screwdriver adjustment of the optional damper from below the face. Material: Heavy gauge, corrosionresistant steel. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. 92

93 STMPE SQURE "TWISTER" imensional ata and Frame Types Model TWR Type L Lay-in T-ar Frame CM = CEILING MOULE CEILING MOULE 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT I. 1/8" (3) 2 1/2" (64) 1 1/4" (32) 1/4" (6) IMENSIONL T: CEILING MOULE CM NOMINL UCT SIZE Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Modules Modules Units Units (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) 24 x x 600 6, 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, 12, , 356 Type L Surface Mount with F Type F Fineline CEILING OPENING = CM + 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) SUPPLIE WITH SEPRTE F FRME CM = CEILING MOULE FCE VIEW Type TL Tegular Lay-in CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) CM + 1 1/2" (38) rywall/plaster Frame. Recommended for flexible duct and ceiling access. CM - 5/8" (16) 9/16" (14) 5/16" (8) CM - 1" (25) 3/8" (10) 15/16" (23) T-R Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) Type SP Spline CM = CEILING MOULE CM = CEILING MOULE 3/8" (10) 13/16" (21) CM - 1/16" (2) CM - 1/16" (2) For one directional exposed T-bar or fully concealed grid. One spline on two opposite sides, steel lift bracket on others. 93

94 STMPE SQURE "TWISTER" HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). "Twister" Stamped Square Ceiling Swirl iffuser Model TWR TWR x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel Construction TWR NECK SIZE (inches) - 06, 08, 10, 12, 14 CEILING MOULE SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 24 x x 600 FRME STYLE - T-ar Lay-in L - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-In M - Fineline F - Tegular TL CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP 94 SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model TWR "Twister" Ceiling Swirl iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall be manufactured from heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel. Radial induction vanes shall be one-piece stamped construction. The diffuser is to be sized to suit a 24" x 24" (600 x 600) ceiling suspension system. The round duct connection collar shall be an integral part of the diffuser assembly, and be not less than 1 1/4" (38) high. The diffuser shall have a removable plug for screwdriver adjustment of the optional damper. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

95 STMPE SQURE "TWISTER" Performance ata Model TWR "Twister" 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Size Velocity Pressure Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Performance Notes: 1. ll pressures are in inches w.g.. To obtain static pressure, subtract the velocity pressure from the total pressure. 2. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities, under isothermal conditions. 3. NC (Noise Criteria) values are based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. ash (-) in spaces indicates an NC level of less ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available Flow Hood is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. Neck Size Nominal k iameter Overall Factor in Inches Face Size 6 24 x x x x x

96 RCHITECTURL SQURE RCHITECTURL HIGH PERFORMNCE SQURE FCE ROUN NECK Models: UNI Steel UNI luminum The Nailor Model Series 'UNI' Square Ceiling ir iffuser has been specially designed to provide both the unobtrusive appearance required for architectural excellence and the 360 diffusion pattern at minimum NC levels required for high engineering performance. The stamped one-piece outer cone eliminates mitered corners and the die-formed curves provide consistent quality and performance. The UNI diffuser compliments any decor, blending beautifully with virtually any architectural style or requirement. The UNI diffuser provides stable diffusion and mixing patterns under constant and changing load conditions and is particularly suitable for variable air volume systems. The UNI diffusers are available to suit many situations including surface mount, T-ar lay-in and panel applications. Standard finish is a high quality baked enamel for long life and easy cleaning. variety of neck sizes are available to suit your system design. The collar is a full 1 1/4" (32) in height for easy, secure connection. FETURES: Engineered air diffusion pattern. Steel stamped shapes for uniformity. High neck collars for solid connection. Removable inner core. Face panel is virtually flush with the ceiling line. Face panel is double-skinned for rigidity and strength and features a hemmed edge for a professional finish. Unique neck bracketry is virtually invisible from most angles. n optional radial opposed blade damper with an operating arm to adjust the damper without removing the core is available. Model UNI Material: Heavy gauge, corrosionresistant steel or aluminum with miscellaneous steel components. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. Type L Lay-in, T-ar Frame CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) 9" x 9" (229 x 229), 14 3/8" x 14 3/8" (365 x 365) OR 17 1/2" x 17 1/2" (445 x 445) 1 1/4" (32) C imensional ata CM Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Metric uct Size uct Size Modules Modules C F C F 24 x , 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, x 2 5/ /8 24 3/4 12, 14, , 356, x 20 x 6, 8, 10, 2 1/4 18 1/2 7/16 N/ 152, 203, N/ x 12 x 5, 6, * / , 152, * , 8 178, 203 * Supplied with a reducer. The 20 x 20 (500 x 500) module is only available with the Type L frame. 96

97 RCHITECTURL SQURE imensional ata and Frame Types Models UNI and UNI CM = CEILING MOULE CEILING OPENING = Type PL Panel Mounted Lay-in T-ar CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) N C Type L Surface Mount 9" x 9" (229 x 229) OR 17 1/2" x 17 1/2" (445 x 445) FCE SIZE CM Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Metric Face uct Size Face uct Size Modules Modules Size N C Size N C 24 x / x 5, 6, * 127, 152, * 1 1/ , 8 178, x / x x 5, 6, * 1 5/8 x 127, 152, * 1 1/ , , x / x 5, 6, * 127, 152, * 1 1/ , 8 178, x , 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, x x 1 1/4 2 5/16 3/8 x 12, 14, , 356, * Supplied with a reducer. Type L Surface Mount with F CEILING OPENING = CM + 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) irectional low Option Q Quadrant lanks Converts UNI from standard 4-way (360 ) blow pattern to 1, 2 or 3-way. Supplied factory installed when specified or available loose for simple field installation. Installs between outer cone and face panel and locates between neck bracketry. Positive full depth blank-off follows neck circumference. low Patterns Q Illustration Q3 3-way Q2 2-way opposite SUPPLIE WITH SEPRTE F FRME QC2 2-way corner Q1 1-way Face Panel Type S Surface Mount CM = CEILING MOULE CEILING OPENING = CM - 1" (25) CM - 1/4" (6) Hard duct connection recommended. CM + 1 1/2" (38) rywall/plaster Frame. Recommended for flexible duct and ceiling access. OVERLL = F luminum model (UNI) is only available in 12 x 12 (300 x 300) module. Hard duct connection recommended. CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) CM - 5/8" (16) Type F Fineline Type TL Tegular Lay-in Type SP Spline 9/16" (14) 5/16" (8) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) CM - 1" (25) 3/8" (10) 15/16" (23) T-R CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/16" (2) 3/8" (10) Steel models only. For one directional exposed T-ar or fully concealed grid. One spline on two opposite sides, steel lift bracket on others. Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) Steel models only CM = CEILING MOULE 13/16" (21) CM - 1/16" (2) Fineline is a registered trademark of USG Interiors Inc. 97

98 RCHITECTURL SQURE RCHITECTURL OPTION Model: UNI with optional RC (retaining channel) Model UNI-RC For a unique 'custom' appearance, specify the UNI diffuser with the optional RC Retaining Channel. The retaining channel is shipped separately for field installation of a ceiling tile. Simply cut the tile to size and install it directly on the face panel assembly. The RC Retaining Channel is supplied in two pieces with pop rivets for field assembly as standard. The result is a high performance diffuser that blends harmoniously with the specified architectural ceiling design. Tiles (supplied by others) can also be factory installed at additional cost. * Type L Lay-in T-ar Frame CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) 9" x 9" (229 x 229) OR 17 1/2" x 17 1/2" (445 x 445) 1 1/4" (32) C imensional ata CM Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Metric uct Size uct Size Modules Modules C F C F 600 6, 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, 24 x 24 x 2 5/ /8 24 3/ , 14, , 356, x 12 x 5, 6, * / , 152, * , 8 178, 203 * RETINING CHNNEL FOR CEILING TILE Refer to previous page for other frame types and installations. * Supplied with a reducer. 98

99 RCHITECTURL SQURE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Square rchitectural Ceiling iffusers Model Series UNI UNI x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel UNI - luminum UNI NECK SIZE (inches) - 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, - 10, 12, 14, 15 CEILING MOULE SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x 12 (PL only) 600 x 300 (PL only) - 24 x x x 30 (PL only) 750 x 750 (PL only) - 48 x 24 (PL only) 1200 x 600 (PL only) FRME STYLE - T-ar Lay-in L - Surface Mount S - Panel T-ar Lay-in PL - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-In M - Fineline F - Tegular TL CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT - Quadrant lanks 3-Way low Q3 2-Way Opposite low Q2 2-Way Corner low QC2 1-Way low Q1 - Retaining Channel RC - Tile cut and fit CF IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper Radial O with Operating rm 4275-O - utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP LOW PTTERNS WITH OPTIONL FCTORY INSTLLE QURNT LNKS. Notes: 1. Face sizes 12" x 12" (300 x 300) and 24" x 12" (600 x 300) are available in a 4" (102) through 8" (203) neck, 20" x 20" (500 x 500) face size is available in a 6", 8" or 10" (152, 203 or 254) neck and 24" x 24" (600 x 600) face size is available in a 6" (152) through 15" (381) neck. 2. Face size 20" x 20" (500 x 500) is available only in frame style L. 3. Consult text as to limitations of material, module size and frame style combinations. Q3 3-way blow Q2 2-way opposite blow QC2 2-way corner blow Q1 1-way blow SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: UNI Steel Construction Furnish and install Nailor Model UNI Square rchitectural Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a corrosion-resistant steel, stamped outer cone. The inner core shall have a plaque style face. The face shall be double skinned with a hemmed edge. The inner core assembly is to be removable using a spring clip arrangement that permits quick, easy installation and removal. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard UNI luminum Construction Furnish and install Nailor Model UNI Square rchitectural Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge aluminum, stamped outer cone. The inner core shall have a plaque style face. The face shall be double skinned with a hemmed edge. The inner core assembly is to be removable using a spring clip arrangement that permits quick, easy installation and removal. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

100 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Models UNI and UNI 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Face Size 4-way low (360 Pattern) Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC Models UNI and UNI 20 x 20 (500 x 500) Face Size 4-way low (360 Pattern) Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC For performance notes, see next page. 100

101 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Models UNI and UNI 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Face Size 4-Way low (360 Pattern) Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Horizontal throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Neck Size Nominal k iameter Overall Factor in Inches Face Size 6 12 x x x x x x x x

102 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Models UNI and UNI 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Face Size 3-Way low Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC Models UNI and UNI 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Face Size 3-Way low Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Horizontal throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Neck Size Nominal k iameter Overall Factor in Inches Face Size 6 12 x x x x x x x x

103 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Models UNI and UNI 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Face Size 2-Way low Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC Models UNI and UNI 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Face Size 2-Way low Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC TP " irflow, CFM ia. T NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Horizontal throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Neck Size Nominal k iameter Overall Factor in Inches Face Size 6 12 x x x x x x x x

104 RCHITECTURL SQURE FIXE PERFORTE OWNLST IFFUSER HIGH PERFORMNCE THETRE PPLICTIONS SQURE FCE ROUN NECK Model: UNI-P Steel The Nailor Model 'UNI-P' Fixed Perforated ownblast Square Ceiling iffuser has been specially designed to provide both the unobtrusive appearance for architectural excellence and the high airflow at minimum NC levels needed in theatre, auditorium and other high ceiling applications. circular perforated aperture in the diffuser face provides both a horizontal and vertical apportion of the airflow. The horizontal portion provides a tight 360 ceiling diffusion pattern and the vertical portion provides a true and long downward projection. The Model UNI-P heavy duty ceiling diffusers are designed for effective heating and spot cooling applications where conditions and floor to ceiling heights are variable. esigned to integrate with the popular lay-in type ceiling grid system, this diffuser offers simple installation and a highly economical alternative to the more expensive round spun downblast diffuser design. FETURES: Engineered air diffusion pattern. Steel stamped shapes for uniformity. High neck collars for solid connection. Fixed inner core. Suitable for theatres, auditoriums, factories, warehouses, convention halls, coliseums, shopping malls and other high ceiling applications. 360 horizontal discharge pattern plus vertical projection. Heavy gauge face plate features a hemmed edge for a professional, clean finish. Perforated face has 3/8" (10) diameter holes on 5/8" (16) Model UNI-P staggered centers. Material: Heavy gauge, corrosionresistant steel. Finish: K Flat lack or W ppliance White baked enamel. Other finishes are available. Type L Lay-in, T-ar Frame * imensional ata CM Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Metric uct Size uct Size Modules Modules E C F E C F 24 x x 11 1/4 2 5/ / / CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) 1 1/4" (32) C E 17 1/2" x 17 1/2" (445 x 445) * Refer to page 97 for other frame types and installations. 104

105 RCHITECTURL SQURE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Stamped Square Perforated ownblast Ceiling iffuser Model UNI-P UNI-P x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Perforated ownblast UNI-P NECK SIZE (inches) - 12, 14 CEILING MOULE SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 24 x x 600 FRME STYLE - T-ar Lay-in L - Surface Mount S - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-In M - Fineline F CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - lack K - Special Custom Color SP SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: UNI-P Perforated ownblast Furnish and install Nailor Model UNI-P Square Perforated ownblast Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall be manufactured from corrosion-resistant steel and include a stamped one-piece construction outer cone with an inner core that has a square face plate that includes perforated holes in a spherical pattern. The perforations shall be 3/8" (10) diameter holes on 5/8" (16) centers. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

106 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Model UNI-P 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Face Size 4-Way low (360 Pattern) Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP irflow, CFM " Horizontal Throws, Ft. H ia. Vertical Projections, Ft. V NC TP irflow, CFM " Horizontal Throws, Ft. H ia. Vertical Projections, Ft. V NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Horizontal throws are given at a terminal velocity of 150, 100 and 50 fpm under isothermal conditions. Horizontal throws for non-isothermal air are determined by applying the following correction factors to the cataloged values: T Factor 20 F clg. x F htg. x 0.85 Vertical projections are given at a terminal velocity of 50 fpm. Minimum projections are for a 20 F heating temperature differential and maximum projections are for a 20 F cooling differential. 2. Horizontal/Vertical apportion of the airflow: 12" neck approximately 60/40%. 14" neck approximately 65/35%. 3. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

107 RCHITECTURL SQURE JUSTLE OWNLST IFFUSER HIGH PERFORMNCE THETRE PPLICTIONS VERTICL-TO-HORIZONTL ISCHRGE PTTERNS SQURE FCE ROUN NECK Model: UNI- Steel The Nailor Model 'UNI-' djustable ownblast Square Ceiling iffuser has been specially designed to provide both the unobtrusive appearance for architectural excellence and the high airflow at minimum NC levels needed in theatre, auditorium and other high ceiling applications. Radial vanes in the adjustable face damper permit air pattern adjustment from full horizontal to approximately 50/50 horizontal/vertical. Full adjustment requires only a half turn and is easily accomplished from the floor using the ring operator and a pole (by others). The Model UNI- heavy duty ceiling diffusers are designed for effective heating and spot cooling applications where conditions and floor to ceiling heights are variable. t the full vertical setting, they provide a true and long downward projection. t full horizontal setting, they produce the tight ceiling pattern that is required for excellent VV performance. esigned to integrate with the popular lay-in type ceiling grid system, this diffuser offers simple installation and a highly economical alternative to the more expensive round spun downblast diffuser design. FETURES: Engineered air diffusion pattern. Steel stamped shapes for uniformity. High neck collars for solid connection. Fixed inner core. Suitable for theatres, auditoriums, factories, warehouses, convention halls, coliseums, shopping malls and other high ceiling applications. 360 horizontal discharge pattern. 0 50% airflow vertical projection capability. Ring operator can be adjusted using a pole. Model UNI- Heavy gauge face plate features a hemmed edge for a professional, clean finish. Material: Heavy gauge, corrosionresistant steel. Finish: K Flat lack or W ppliance White baked enamel. Other finishes are available. Type L Lay-in, T-ar Frame * imensional ata CM Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Metric uct Size uct Size Modules Modules E C F E C F 24 x x 2 5/ / / CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) 1 1/4" (32) JUSTLE OWNLST MPER C * Refer to page 97 for other frame types and installations. RING OPERTOR E 17 1/2" x 17 1/2" (445 x 445) 1 1/4" (32) 107

108 RCHITECTURL SQURE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Stamped Square Radial Vane ownblast Ceiling iffuser Model UNI- UNI x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Radial Vane ownblast UNI- NECK SIZE (inches) - 12, 14 CEILING MOULE SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 24 x x 600 FRME STYLE - T-ar Lay-in L - Surface Mount S - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-In M - Fineline F CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - lack K - Special Custom Color SP SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: UNI- djustable ownblast Furnish and install Nailor Model UNI- Square djustable ownblast Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall be manufactured from corrosion-resistant steel and include a stamped one-piece construction outer cone with an inner core that has a square face plate and includes a round, easily adjustable radial vane in the center. The radial vane shall have a ring operator that allows for pole operation. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

109 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Model UNI- 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Face Size 4-Way low (360 Pattern) Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP irflow, CFM " Horizontal Throws, Ft. H ia. Vertical Projections, Ft. V NC TP irflow, CFM " Horizontal Throws, Ft. H ia. Vertical Projections, Ft. V NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. NC values shown are for the horizontal discharge pattern. For downblast (damper open), deduct 5. Performance Notes: 1. Horizontal throws are given at a terminal velocity of 50 fpm and a 20 F cooling temperature differential. Vertical projections are given at a terminal velocity of 50 fpm. Minimum projections are for a 40 F heating temperature differential and maximum projections are for a 20 F cooling differential. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

110 RCHITECTURL SQURE RCHITECTURL CEILING TILE SLOT IFFUSER 'ICE TONG' PTTERN CONTROLLERS SQURE FCE ROUN NECK (SUPPLY) Models: Supply 5075CT 5010CT Return 5075RCT 5010RCT 3/4" (19) Slot 1" (25) Slot 3/4" (19) Slot 1" (25) Slot Model 5075CT The Nailor 5000CT Series iffusers have been designed with the architect in mind to provide an unobtrusive high performance ceiling diffuser that incorporates a center ceiling tile (by others) that matches the surrounding ceiling system. This product is available in a nominal size of 24" x 24" (600 x 600) to suit both imperial and metric exposed grid suspended ceiling systems. The 4-way blow linear slot design utilizes the 'ice-tong' premium quality pattern controller, providing a tight horizontal air pattern, which can accommodate high turn down ratios and is therefore eminently suitable for variable air volume systems. FETURES: Factory precision welding on all mitered corners. Pattern controllers are individually adjustable for each slot with 180 air pattern adjustment from horizontal to vertical providing volume control. ischarge patterns are fully field adjustable for 1-way, 2-way corner, 2-way opposite, 3-way or 4-way patterns. esigned for use with standard 15/16" (24) T-ar and narrow 9/16" (14) flat T-ar ceiling systems. vailable in 1, 2, 3 or 4 slots. Choice of 3/4" (19) or 1" (25) slot width. Supply diffuser has a round neck for flexible duct connection. Optional internal or external insulation available. Matching return air unit is similar in design, but minus pattern controllers. For ductless plenum return applications, the 5000RCT incorporates a light shield to block out light and prevent seethrough. Plenum is secured with steel S-clips and is easily removable for installation of a field cut ceiling tile (by others) into the face of the diffuser. Material: Extruded aluminum frame, roll-formed steel pattern controllers and corrosion-resistant steel plenum. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel face with black pattern controllers. Other finishes are available. 'Ice Tong' Pattern Controller djustment One-way Horizontal Vertical & Horizontal Vertical ngular own low ampered Horizontal Fully ampered 110

111 RCHITECTURL SQURE imensional ata Model Series 5000CT Standard Ceiling Module Sizes: Imperial: 24" x 24" Metric: 600 x 600 mm Supply Model Series 5000CT 1 3/16" (30) UCT SIZE - 1/8" (3) CM - 1/4" (6) H S = SLOT WITH CM - 1/4" (6) CEILING TILE (Y OTHERS) OPTIONL INTERNL INSULTION Ceiling Tile Cutting imensions No. Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) of Slot Width(s) Slot Width(s) H Slots S = 3/4 S = 1 S = 19 S = 25 H /2 x 19 1/2 19 x x x /2 x 16 1/2 15 1/2 x 15 1/ x x /2 x 13 1/2 12 x /4 343 x x /2 x 10 1/2 8 1/2 x 8 1/2 6 3/4 267 x x " (127) Return Model Series 5000RCT S = SLOT WITH Standard Round Inlet Sizes: Imperial: 6", 8", 10", 12" and 14" dia. Metric: 152, 203, 254, 305 and 356 mm dia. LIGHT SHIEL RETURN IR Field djustable ischarge Pattern Options 4-way blow 3-way blow 2-way opposite blow 2-way corner blow 1-way blow 111

112 RCHITECTURL SQURE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). rchitectural Ceiling Tile Slot iffusers Model Series 5000CT 5075CT x 24 - W - MOEL/SLOT SIZE Supply: - 3/4" (19) 5075CT - 1" (25) 5010CT Return: - 3/4" (19) 5075RCT - 1" (25) 5010RCT FINELINE Notes: 1. Inlet size to be specified on supply models only. 112 F CCESSORIES - None (default) - Internal Insulation IN FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP CEILING MOULE SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 24 x x 600 INLET SIZE (inches) - 06, 08, 10, 12, 14 NO. OF SLOTS 01 thru 04 SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: 5075CT, 5010CT Supply ir, Standard T-ar Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 5075CT (3/4" (19) slot) or Model 5010CT (1" (25) slot) Ceiling Tile Slot Supply iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have an extruded aluminum face, rollformed steel pattern controllers, and a corrosion-resistant steel plenum. The outside face of the diffuser shall incorporate 1, 2, 3, or 4 (select the quantity) discharge air slots which integrate 'ice-tong' shaped adjustable pattern controllers. The center of the diffuser must accommodate a ceiling tile (provided by the installing contractor). The steel plenum shall be easily removable and include a round inlet collar that is not less than 1 3/16" (30) high. The diffuser shall fit a 24" x 24" (610 x 610) or 600 x 600 standard T-ar ceiling system. (Optional) The diffuser shall have internal insulation. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel finish. (Optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard RCT, 5010RCT Return ir, Standard T-ar Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 5075RCT (3/4" (19) slot) or Model 5010RCT (1" (25) slot) Ceiling Tile Slot Return iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have an extruded aluminum face, and a corrosion-resistant steel plenum. The outside face of the diffuser shall incorporate 1, 2, 3, or 4 (select the quantity) return air slots to match the supply air diffuser of the same model. The center of the diffuser must accommodate a ceiling tile (provided by the installing contractor). The diffuser shall fit a 24" x 24" (610 x 610) or 600 x 600 standard T-ar ceiling system. removable light shield shall be factory installed on the rear of the diffuser. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel finish. (Optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard CT-F, 5010CT-F Supply ir, Narrow Regressed T-ar Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 5075CT-F (3/4" (19) slot) or Model 5010CT-F (1" (25) slot) Ceiling Tile Slot Supply iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have an extruded aluminum face, roll-formed steel pattern controllers, and a corrosion-resistant steel plenum. The outside face of the diffuser shall incorporate 1, 2, 3, or 4 (select the quantity) discharge air slots which integrate 'ice-tong' shaped adjustable pattern controllers. The center of the diffuser must accommodate a ceiling tile (provided by the installing contractor). The steel plenum shall be easily removable and include a round inlet collar that is not less than 1 3/16" (30) high. The diffuser shall fit a 24" x 24" (610 x 610) or 600 x 600 Narrow Regressed T-ar ceiling system. (Optional) The diffuser shall have internal insulation. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel finish. (Optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard RCT-F, 5010RCT-F Return ir, Narrow Regressed T-ar Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 5075RCT-F (3/4" (19) slot) or Model 5010RCT-F (1" (25) slot) Ceiling Tile Slot Return iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have an extruded aluminum face, and a corrosion-resistant steel plenum. The outside face of the diffuser shall incorporate 1, 2, 3, or 4 (select the quantity) return air slots to match the supply air diffuser of the same model. The center of the diffuser must accommodate a ceiling tile (provided by the installing contractor). The diffuser shall fit a 24" x 24" (610 x 610) or 600 x 600 Narrow Regressed T-ar ceiling system. removable light shield shall be factory installed on the rear of the diffuser. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel finish. (Optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

113 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Models 5075CT, 5075CT-F 3/4" (19) Slot Supply SIZE Neck Velocity, FPM VP irflow, CFM " 1 TP NECK SLOT T I. NC irflow, CFM " TP NECK T I. 2 NC SLOT irflow, CFM " TP NECK T I. NC irflow, CFM " TP NECK T I. 3 NC SLOT irflow, CFM " TP NECK T I. NC irflow, CFM " TP NECK T I. 4 NC SLOT irflow, CFM " TP NECK T I. NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Horizontal throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions, using a 4-way pattern. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

114 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Models 5010CT, 5010CT-F 1" (25) Slot Supply SIZE Neck Velocity, FPM VP " irflow, CFM NECK TP I. T NC SLOT irflow, CFM " TP NECK T I. NC irflow, CFM " TP NECK T I. NC irflow, CFM " 2 TP NECK SLOT T I. 12" NECK I. NC irflow, CFM TP T NC " irflow, CFM NECK TP I. T NC SLOT irflow, CFM " TP NECK T I. NC irflow, CFM " TP NECK T I. 4 NC SLOT irflow, CFM " TP NECK T I. NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Horizontal throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions, using a 4-way pattern. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

115 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Models 5075RCT, 5075RCT-F 3/4" (19) Slot Return No. of Slots Neg. SP CFM NC CFM NC CFM NC CFM NC Models 5010RCT, 5010RCT-F 1" (25) Slot Return CFM NC No. of Slots Neg. SP CFM NC CFM NC CFM NC CFM NC cubic feet per minute - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Neg. SP - Negative static pressure (inches w.g.) Performance Notes: 1. ash ( ) in space indicates an NC value of less than ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

116 RCHITECTURL SQURE RCHITECTURL PLQUE IFFUSERS JUSTLE OPENING SQURE FCE SQURE NECK STEEL Model: 6600 Steel Suffix '-O' adds a steel opposed blade damper Model 6600 The Nailor Model Series 6600 Ceiling iffusers have been designed to satisfy both architectural and engineering criteria. The clean uncluttered face panel design compliments any decor, blending beautifully with virtually any architectural style or requirement. The face panel, which is located below the ceiling line, provides a horizontal discharge and a 360 diffusion pattern at minimum NC levels required for high engineering performance. This makes the 6600 Series ideally suitable for VV systems. The face panel is adjustable by means of four spring-loaded countersunk screws located at the four corners of the panel which can be positioned to provide a 1/2" (13) to 1 1/4" (32) variable opening. This provides great flexibility, as the diffusers length of throw at any given air volume may be increased or decreased in order to adapt to field conditions. The 6600 Series are designed for both surface mount and lay-in T-ar applications with the addition of a ceiling module sized panel. The collar is a full 1 1/2" (38) in height for easy, secure duct connection. FETURES: Square duct sizes are available in 3" (76) increments. Minimum Size: 6" x 6" (152 x 152). Maximum Size: 18" x 18" (457 x 457). High neck collar for secure connection. Face panel features a hemmed finish providing both strength and a professional, clean, safety edge. Optional roll-formed steel opposed blade damper available with a lever operator that permits volume control without removing face panel. Square-to-round transition adaptors are available for round flexible duct connection (SR option). Optional factory installed hinged air deflectors are available for 1, 2 or 3-way directional control. Material: Corrosion-resistant steel. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. 116

117 RCHITECTURL SQURE imensional ata and Frame Types Model 6600 Type S Surface Mount vailable uct Sizes Inches mm 6 x x x x x x x x x x /8" (79) 2 3/8" (60) CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 3" (76) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 3/4" (121) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 3/8" (10) Type PL Panel Mounted Lay-in T-ar vailable Sizes Ceiling Module Size uct Size Imperial Metric Minimum Maximum (inches) (mm) inches mm inches mm 20 x x x x x x x x x x x x 457 uct sizes are available in 3" (76) increments. 3 1/8" (79) 2 3/8" (60) CM = CEILING MOULE CEILING MOULE - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 3/4" (121) irectional low Option Factory installed. Hinged air deflector(s) for 1, 2 or 3-way blow pattern. Simple adjustment from face of diffuser provides field location flexibility. eflector swings up or down from outer cone providing a full length blank-off. Finish to match diffuser. One, two or three deflectors are supplied and installed dependent upon blow pattern specified. OPTIONL IR EFLECTOR low Patterns 3 C way 2-way corner 2-way opposite 1-way 117

118 RCHITECTURL SQURE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Plaque Face iffusers Model Series O - 9 x 9-24 x 24 - PL - W SR08 MOEL - Steel Construction 6600 MPER - No amper (default) - Opposed lade amper O NECK SIZE (inches) - 6 x 6, 9 x 9, 12 x 12, 15 x 15, 18 x 18 CEILING MOULE SIZE (Type PL only) Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 20 x x x x 600 FRME STYLE - Surface Mount S - Panel Lay-in T-ar PL STNR IR PTTERNS. efault 4-way blow LOW PTTERNS WITH OPTIONL FCTORY INSTLLE QURNT LNKS. CCESSORIES - None (default) - Square to Round Transition Collar SR (04 thru 18 specify) - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Square Neck - Equalizing Grid EGL - amper/equalizing Grid EGL Round Neck - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR LOW PTTERN 4-Way low (default) 3-Way low 3 2-Way Opposite low 2 2-Way Corner low C2 1-Way low 1 FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP 3 3-way blow 2 2-way opposite blow C2 2-way corner blow 1 1-way blow SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model 6600 Plaque Face iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall be manufactured from corrosion-resistant steel and include a flat square face panel that can be positioned to provide an opening that is adjustable from 1/2" (13) to 1 1/4" (32). high neck square duct connection collar shall be an integral part of the frame assembly. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). (Optional) n opposed blade damper constructed of heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel and operable from the face of the diffuser, shall be provided with all units. (Optional) The diffuser shall incorporate factory installed hinged air deflector(s) that will provide a 1-way, 2-way corner, 2-way opposite or 3-way throw pattern (specifier to select a pattern). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

119 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Model 6600 Square Neck Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Face VP Size Opening irflow, CFM TP /4" T NC TP " T NC x TP /4" T NC TP /2" T NC Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Face VP Size Opening irflow, CFM TP /4" T NC TP " T NC x TP /4" T NC TP /2" T NC Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Face VP Size Opening irflow, CFM TP /4" T NC TP " T NC x TP /4" T NC TP /2" T NC For performance notes, see next page. 119

120 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Model 6600 Square Neck Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Face VP Size Opening irflow, CFM TP /4" T NC TP " T NC x TP /4" T NC TP /2" T NC Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Face VP Size Opening irflow, CFM TP /4" T NC TP " T NC x TP /4" T NC TP /2" T NC CFM - cubic feet per minute TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throw values are given for a terminal velocity of 50 fpm under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard The addition of direction blow blankoffs reduces the effective area and for a given air volume, increases the discharge velocity with a resultant increase in throw, pressure drop and sound level. To determine throw, select the diffuser as if it were supplying a larger volume of air. The table shows the percentage increase required to determine diffuser airflow selection to determine throw. Corrections to pressure drop and NC level may be approximated by using correction factors as shown and applying them to the 4-way blow value listed in the performance tables. % Increase In TP NC low ir Volume Increase Sound Pattern For Throw Correction Level etermination Factor dd 3-way 35 x way 100 x way 400 x

121 RCHITECTURL SQURE RCHITECTURL SLOT PLQUE IFFUSER PERIMETER SLOT PLQUE CENTER ROUN NECK Model: 66UNI Steel The Nailor Model Series 66UNI Plaque iffuser with Perimeter Slots has been specially designed to provide an unobtrusive appearance required for architectural excellence. plaque face that sits flush in the center of the diffuser is surrounded by a choice of 1, 2 or 3 perimeter slots. This diffuser is designed specifically to integrate with 2' x 2' (610 x 610) ceiling module suspension systems. The 66UNI provides a tight horizontal air pattern from maximum to minimum airflow and is ideal for VV applications. The diffuser is provided with a deep plenum backpan to provide optimum performance by minimizing pressure drop and noise. FETURES: Clean lines with no unsightly visible screws. 24" x 24" (610 x 610) ceiling module size. vailable with a choice of 1, 2, or 3 perimeter slots. eep plenum backpan for premium performance. Spring loaded core. Removable without the use of tools. High neck collar for secure connection. Model 66UNI Material: Corrosion-resistant steel. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. Type L Lay-in T-ar CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) 1 1/4" (32) 17 7/8" (454) 6" (152) FCE VIEW ILLUSTRTION OF 2 SLOT UNIT. P 1 1/2" (38) Type F Fineline CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) Ceiling Module No. of Nominal Round Plaque Face Size CM Slots uct Size P 24 x 24 (610 x 610) 1 6,8,10 (152, 203, 254) 18 5/16 (465) 2 6,8,10,12 (152, 203, 254, 305) 15 5/16 (389) 3 8,10,12,14 (203, 254, 305, 356) 12 5/16 (313) CM - 5/8" (16) 9/16" (14) 5/16" (8) Revised pril 1,

122 RCHITECTURL SQURE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). rchitectural Slot Plaque iffusers Model Series 66UNI 66UNI x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel Construction 66UNI NECK SIZE (inches) - 06, 08, 10, 12, 14 NO. OF SLOTS - 1, 2, 3 CEILING MOULE SIZE (inches) (mm) - 24 x 24 (610 x 610) FRME/ORER TYPE - Lay-in T-ar L - Fineline F CCESSORIES - None (default) - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP Notes: 1. Consult text for availability of neck sizes with "No. of Slots" selection. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model 66UNI Slot Plaque iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall be manufactured from corrosion-resistant steel and include a deep plenum backpan that has a round duct connection collar. The diffuser is to be sized to suit a 24" x 24" (610 x 610) ceiling suspension system. The center of the diffuser shall have a smooth flat plaque face in which 1, 2, or 3 (select one) perimeter slot(s) surround it. The core shall be spring loaded and removable without the use of tools. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

123 RCHITECTURL SQURE Performance ata Model 66UNI 24 x 24 (610 x 610) Ceiling Module 1 Slot irflow, cfm " ia. Neck Velocity, fpm Total Pressure Neck Static Pressure Throw NC irflow, cfm " ia. Neck Velocity, fpm Total Pressure Neck Static Pressure Throw NC irflow, cfm " ia. Neck Velocity, fpm Total Pressure Neck Static Pressure Throw NC Slot irflow, cfm " ia. Neck Velocity, fpm Total Pressure Neck Static Pressure Throw NC irflow, cfm " ia. Neck Velocity, fpm Total Pressure Neck Static Pressure Throw NC irflow, cfm " ia. Neck Velocity, fpm Total Pressure Neck Static Pressure Throw NC irflow, cfm " ia. Neck Velocity, fpm Total Pressure Neck Static Pressure Throw NC Performance Notes: 1. ll pressures are in inches w.g. 2. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities, under isothermal conditions. 3. NC (Noise Criteria) values are based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. ash (-) in spaces indicates an NC level of less than ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available Flow Hood is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 123

124 ROUN ROUN CEILING IFFUSERS JUSTLE HORIZONTL ISCHRGE PTTERN LOUVERE FCE Models: RNR Steel RNR luminum The Nailor RNR Series Round Ceiling iffusers feature three concentric cones in all sizes to offer a balanced appearance where different sizes are used in the same area. The diffusers deliver the air in a true 360 radial horizontal pattern and produce excellent performance in variable air volume systems. The Models RNR and RNR feature infinite horizontal discharge patterns that allow the diffusers to accommodate different flow rate conditions. Position (cones down) provides maximum capacity at minimum NC levels while Position (cones up) provides higher induction and more air movement. FETURES: Engineered 360 air diffusion pattern. High neck collars for solid connection. ll sizes feature three cones for a uniform and balanced appearance. spring clip arrangement permits quick, easy installation and removal of the inner cone assembly. ischarge positions are easily field set by sliding the inner cone assembly up or down. The core is securely retained by a spring loaded friction arrangement. esigned for both heating and cooling applications. Screwdriver adjustment of the optional balancing damper through the cones. Model RNR Material: Corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. E = OUTSIE IMETER CEILING OPENING = NOM. + 1/2" (13) = NOMINL UCT IMETER - 1/8" (3) 1 1/4" (32) (OWN POSITION) (UP POSITION) imensional ata Imperial Units Metric Units (inches) (mm) Listed Size E E 6 1 3/4 1 1/8 11 5/ /8 1 1/2 14 3/ /8 2 1/ / /8 2 3/8 21 5/ /8 2 5/8 25 1/ / /4 3 7/8 33 1/ /8 4 7/8 37 1/ /4 6 5/8 43 7/

125 ROUN HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Round Ceiling iffusers Models RNR and RNR RNR W - MOEL Steel luminum LISTE NECK SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) RNR RNR CCESSORIES - None (default) - Safety Chain SC - Earthquake Tabs EQT - Foam Gasket GK IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP Note: 1. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) RNR (steel) or RNR (aluminum) Round djustable Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have three round, spun cones. The inner core assembly shall be removable and slide up or down to attain infinite horizontal discharge pattern adjustment. The diffuser shall have a removable plug, for screwdriver adjustment of the optional damper, without removing the inner core. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

126 ROUN Performance ata Models RNR and RNR Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP, Position TP, Position irflow, CFM " NC, Position ia. NC, Position T, Position T, Position TP, Position TP, Position irflow, CFM " NC, Position ia. NC, Position T, Position T, Position TP, Position TP, Position irflow, CFM " NC, Position ia. NC, Position T, Position T, Position TP, Position TP, Position irflow, CFM " NC, Position ia. NC, Position T, Position T, Position TP, Position TP, Position irflow, CFM " NC, Position ia. NC, Position T, Position T, Position TP, Position TP, Position irflow, CFM " NC, Position ia. NC, Position T, Position T, Position TP, Position TP, Position irflow, CFM " NC, Position ia. NC, Position T, Position T, Position TP, Position TP, Position irflow, CFM " NC, Position ia. NC, Position T, Position T, Position

127 ROUN Performance ata Models RNR and RNR Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP, Position TP, Position irflow, CFM " NC, Position ia. NC, Position T, Position T, Position CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Horizontal throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. Performance data as shown is for ceiling mounted diffusers. For exposed duct mounting, multiply the throw values by ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Neck Size k Factor iameter in Inches Position (Cones own) Position (Cones Up)

128 ROUN ROUN CEILING IFFUSERS JUSTLE HORIZONTL/ VERTICL IRFLOW PTTERN LUMINUM Models: 6300 Two Position djustment 6300R Continuous Rotary djustment The Nailor 6300 Series Round Ceiling iffusers are available in a comprehensive range of sizes with a capacity ranging from 50 to 5000 cfm ( l/s). They are suitable for both cooling and heating applications. With three concentric cones in all sizes they offer the same balanced appearance when different sizes are used in the same zone. They feature a 360 air diffusion pattern and provide excellent performance in variable air volume systems. Model 6300 is fixed in either an "UP" or a "OWN" position that is easily adjusted by lifting and rotating the center core. n optional round opposed blade damper is screwdriver-operated through the face of the unit. The Model 6300 has a 2-position core to guide vertical or horizontal projection of the air. Model 6300R provides 3/4" (19) adjustability through utilization of a threaded mechanism. The "UP" position of the core provides vertical throw, and the "OWN" position provides horizontal throw. The core is easily adjusted by rotating the center cone. n optional round opposed blade damper is screwdriver-operated through the face of the unit. The Model 6300R has a fully adjustable core to guide vertical or horizontal projection of the air. Material: Spun aluminum. Finish: W ppliance White finish (standard). L luminum (option). Model 6300R GSKET 3/4" (19) I. CEILING OPENING = NOMINL + 1/4" (6) UCT = NOMINL SIZE (FITS INSIE COLLR) 3/4" (19) 6300R Notes: 1/4" (6) oversize duct fits outside collar, if desired. = Inside diameter of diffuser neck. C = Projection of diffuser outer cone below ceiling. = Overall diameter of diffuser. C imensional ata Imperial Units Metric Units (inches) (mm) Listed Size C C 6 6 1/8 3/4 12 1/ / / /8 1 1/4 18 7/ /8 1 3/8 22 1/ /8 1 9/ / /8 1 3/ /8 1 15/ / /8 2 1/8 35 3/ /8 2 1/2 42 1/

129 ROUN HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). luminum Round Ceiling iffusers Model Series R W - MOEL luminum: - Two Position Rotating Fully djustable 6300R LISTE NECK SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) CCESSORIES - None (default) - Safety Chain SC IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Opposed lade amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP Note: 1. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: 6300 Two Position Furnish and install Nailor Model 6300 luminum 2-Position Round Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall be all aluminum construction and incorporate three round cones that have been spun. fixed, two-position core shall be easily adjusted either in an up or down position. The diffuser shall have a removable plug for screwdriver adjustment of the optional damper without removing the inner core. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard R Rotating Fully djustable Furnish and install Nailor Model 6300R luminum djustable Round Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall be all aluminum construction and incorporate three round cones that have been spun. The diffuser shall be easily adjusted by rotating the inner core either in an up or down position. The diffuser shall have a removable plug for screwdriver adjustment of the optional damper without removing the inner core. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

130 ROUN Performance ata Models 6300 and 6300R Listed Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP irflow, CFM R NC TP irflow, CFM R NC TP irflow, CFM R NC TP irflow, CFM R NC TP irflow, CFM R NC TP irflow, CFM R NC TP irflow, CFM R NC TP irflow, CFM R NC TP irflow, CFM R NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. R - radius of diffusion in feet, isothermal NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Radius of diffusion values are given at 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. Performance data as shown is for the diffuser only, with the cones in the "down" position. Performance for the cones in the "up" position can be approximated by multiplying the total pressures by 1.6, adding 5 NC to the sound levels, and multiplying the radius of diffusion by ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Listed Size k Factor

131 ROUN ROUN CEILING IFFUSERS New Product RCHITECTURL PLQUE FCE JUSTLE HORIZONTL PTTERN LUMINUM FCE Model: R-UNI Model R-UNI The Nailor Model R-UNI Round Plaque Ceiling ir iffuser has been designed to provide both the appearance required for architectural excellence as well as high engineering performance. These diffusers are suitable for both architectural ceilings and exposed duct applications. The diffusers deliver the air in a true 360 air pattern and provide excellent performance in variable air volume systems. The discharge setting is simply adjusted by sliding the inner face plaque assembly up or down. The diffuser provides higher induction and more air movement in the higher position while maximum capacity at minimum NC levels can be obtained in the lower position. FETURES: Smooth heavy duty face plaque is 1/8" (0.125) thick aluminum for strength and lightness. spring clip arrangement permits quick, easy installation and removal of the inner cone assembly. The core is retained by a spring loaded friction arrangement. There are no screws to reposition. n optional radial opposed blade damper with an operating arm to adjust the damper without removing the core is available. vailable for duct sizes 6" 16" ( ) diameter. High neck collars for solid connection. Material: Corrosion-resistant steel outer cone and bracketry with an aluminum face. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. C 1 1/8" (29) E = OUTSIE IMETER MIN. CEILING OPENING = NOM. + 4" (102) = NOMINL UCT IMETER - 1/8" (3) (UP) (OWN POSITION) imensional ata Listed Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) Size C E C E 6 1 1/ / /16 1 1/ / /8 1 1/2 21 5/ /8 1 11/ / / /4 2 1/4 33 1/

132 ROUN HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Round Plaque Ceiling iffusers Model Series R-UNI R-UNI W - MOEL Plaque Face djustable (Horizontal) LISTE NECK SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) R-UNI CCESSORIES - None (default) - Safety Chain SC - Earthquake Tabs EQT - Foam Gasket GK IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper Radial O with Operating rm 4275-O - utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP Note: 1. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model R-UNI Round rchitectural Plaque Face Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a round outer cone that is spun from corrosionresistant steel. The inner core shall have a round plaque face that is heavy gauge aluminum, and shall be smooth and flat in appearance. removable inner core assembly shall slide up or down to attain infinite horizontal discharge patterns. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

133 ROUN Performance ata Model R-UNI Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Size Velocity Pressure Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Performance Notes: 1. ll pressures are in inches w.g.. To obtain static pressure, subtract the velocity pressure from the total pressure. 2. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities, under isothermal conditions. 3. NC (Noise Criteria) values are based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. ash ( ) in spaces indicates an NC level of less than ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available Flow Hood is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 133

134 ROUN ROUN OWNLST IFFUSER New Product HEVY UTY JUSTLE VERTICL TO HORIZONTL ISCHRGE PTTERN "FIONCCI SPIRL" Model: R Steel The Nailor Model R Round ownblast iffusers have been designed for industrial and commercial applications. The unique contemporary design features a " Fibonacci spiral" adjustable aperture. The discharge pattern can be adjusted from full horizontal to full vertical. t the full vertical setting, the diffuser forces approximately 75% of the air in a long downward projection. This results in effective spot cooling or heating from high mounting locations. This style of diffuser is suitable for theaters, auditoriums, factories, warehouses, convention halls, coliseums, shopping malls and other applications where ceilings are high and conditions are variable. FETURES: Unique " Fibonacci spiral" adjustable aperture damper. Horizontal mode provides a uniform 360 discharge pattern. Vertical setting provides effective spot cooling or heating in high mounting locations. Included is an easily adjustable ring operator that allows for pole adjustment. High neck collars for solid connection. Optional round opposed blade damper is screwdriver operated and adjusted through the aperture. Model R Material: Heavy gauge corrosionresistant steel. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. Face View C = OUTSIE IMETER MIN. CEILING OPENING = NOM. + 2" (51) = NOMINL UCT IMETER - 1/8" (3) imensional ata 3/4" (19) Imperial Units Metric Units (inches) (mm) Listed Size C C /16 2 1/4 14 3/ / / / / /8 3 3/8 25 1/ / /4 4 1/2 33 1/ /2 5 7/ / /16 6 1/2 43 7/

135 ROUN HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Round ownblast Ceiling iffusers Model Series R R W - MOEL Round ownblast LISTE NECK SIZE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) R CCESSORIES - None (default) - Earthquake Tabs EQT - Foam Gasket GK IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Opposed lade amper Radial Sliding amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP Note: 1. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model R Round ownblast Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall be constructed of heavy gauge corrosion-resistant spun steel and incorporate a round outer cone. removable flat inner cone assembly shall have a "Fibonacci spiral" aperture damper that is adjusted by a ring (pole) operator, which extends below the face of the diffuser. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

136 ROUN Performance ata Model R Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Velocity Pressure irflow, CFM Total Pressure Horiz Total Pressure Vert " NC Horiz ia. NC Vert Throw Horiz Throw Vert irflow, CFM Total Pressure Horiz Total Pressure Vert " NC Horiz ia. NC Vert Throw Horiz Throw Vert irflow, CFM Total Pressure Horiz Total Pressure Vert " NC Horiz ia. NC Vert Throw Horiz Throw Vert irflow, CFM Total Pressure Horiz Total Pressure Vert " NC Horiz ia. NC Vert Throw Horiz Throw Vert irflow, CFM Total Pressure Horiz Total Pressure Vert " NC Horiz ia. NC Vert Throw Horiz Throw Vert irflow, CFM Total Pressure Horiz Total Pressure Vert " NC Horiz ia. NC Vert Throw Horiz Throw Vert irflow, CFM Total Pressure Horiz Total Pressure Vert " NC Horiz ia. NC Vert Throw Horiz Throw Vert irflow, CFM Total Pressure Horiz Total Pressure Vert " NC Horiz ia. NC Vert Throw Horiz Throw Vert Performance Notes: 1. ll pressures are in inches w.g.. To obtain static pressure, subtract the velocity pressure from the total pressure. 2. Horizontal throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions with the face fully closed. 3. Vertical throw (projection) is given at 50 fpm terminal velocity under isothermal conditions with the face fully open. For non-isothermal conditions, use the following correction factors: T Temp. Correction ifferential Factor 20 F Cooling x 1.40 Isothermal x F Heating x F Heating x F Heating x F Heating x NC (Noise Criteria) values are based upon 10 d room absorption, re watts. ash (-) in space indicates an NC of less than 20. Values shown are for the horizontal discharge pattern (center closed) and vertical discharge pattern (center fully open). 5. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Nominal k Neck Size Factors

137 PERFORTE PERFORTE CEILING IFFUSERS SUPPLY 1, 2, 3 OR 4-WY JUSTLE ISCHRGE PTTERN Steel Models: 4320 Flush Face 4325 rop Face luminum Face Models: 4320 Flush Face 4325 rop Face luminum Models: 4320 Flush Face 4325 rop Face Model 4320 The Nailor Perforated Ceiling iffusers have been designed to provide both the unobtrusive, smooth appearance preferred by many architects and the high engineering performance required for use in heating and cooling applications. They project a tight, uniform horizontal blanket of air over a wide range of air volumes and provide excellent performance in variable air volume systems. The 4320 Series features four individual stamped pattern controllers mounted on the rear of the diffuser face. They are easily field adjustable to suit the desired air pattern. Model 4325 features a dropped (extended) face panel that is available to compliment tegular tile ceiling systems, so the panel remains flush with the ceiling line. In non-tegular ceilings the throw is reduced slightly and the airflow projection protects the ceiling against smudging. FETURES: Round or square necks available. Hinged, removable face plate with quick-release spring latches. ischarge pattern can adjust to vertical or 1, 2, 3 or 4-way horizontal, before or after installation. ischarge pattern is adjusted by dropping the perforated face and rotating the pattern deflectors. Inlet collar has 1 1/4" (35) depth for easy duct connection. ropping the perforated face gives access to the optional damper. Perforated face with 3/16" (5) diameter holes on staggered 1/4" (6) centers, providing 51% free area. Return models (4360 Series) have the same face and frame construction as the supply models to match the appearance. Material: Models 4320/4325 have a corrosion-resistant steel perforated face and backpan. Models 4320/ 4325 have an aluminum perforated face and a corrosion-resistant steel backpan. Models 4320/4325 have an aluminum perforated face and backpan. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. vailable Combinations of Ceiling Module vs. Neck Size Ceiling Module CM Nominal uct Size Imperial Metric Round Neck Square Neck Modules Modules Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) 12 x x 300 6, 8 152, x 6, 8 x x 152, 203 x x x 400 6, 8, 152, 203, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 10, 12 dia. 254, 305 dia. 10 x 10, 12 x x 254, 305 x x x 300 6, 8 dia. 152, 203 dia. 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 18 x x 152, 203 x 203, 457 x x x 500 6, 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 12, 14 dia. 305, 356 dia. 10 x x x x 600 6, 8, 10, 12, 152, 203, 254, 305, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 254 x 254, 48 x x , 15, 16 dia. 356, 381, 406 dia. 12 x 12, 14 x x 305, 356 x

138 PERFORTE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 4320, 4320, 4320 Supply Flush Face Type L Lay-in T-ar Type S Surface Mount FOUR JUSTLE PTTERN CONTROLLERS 1 1/4" (32) 3 5/8" (92) NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM + 1 1/2" (34) Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) Type F Fineline SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. CM - 1/16" (2) CM - 1/16" (2) Models 4325, 4325, 4325 Supply rop Face Type L Lay-in T-ar or Tegular CM - 1/8" (3) CM Type S Surface Mount 3 5/8" (92) FOUR JUSTLE PTTERN CONTROLLERS 1 1/4" (32) NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE 3/8" (10) CM + 1 1/2" (34) Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. 3/8" (10) CM - 1/16" (2) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/16" (2) 138

139 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Perforated Supply Ceiling iffusers Model Series x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel Flush Face 4320 rop Face luminum Face Flush Face 4320 rop Face luminum Flush Face 4320 rop Face 4325 NECK SIZE (inches) Round 06, 08, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16 Square/Rectangular 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 18 x 6 CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x x x 600 CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Round Neck - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR Square/Rectangular Neck - Opposed lade amper O - Equalizing Grid (long) EGL - Equalizing Grid (short) EGS - amper/equalizing Grid (long) EGL - amper/equalizing Grid (short) EGS FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP -W Face/lack ackpan FRME TYPE - Lay-in T-ar L - Surface Mount S - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-in M - Fineline F vailable ir Patterns ll diffusers are shipped with the standard 4-way pattern, but the air pattern can be simply field adjusted by lowering the hinged face and rotating the spring loaded pattern controllers. 4-way 3-way 2-way corner 2-way opposite 1-way Note: 1. Consult individual models as to limitations and availability of ceiling module and neck size combinations. 139

140 PERFORTE SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Models 4320, 4325 Steel Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320 Flush Face or 4325 rop Face, Perforated Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped corrosion-resistant steel backpan with a round or square neck as specified. corrosion-resistant steel perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted on the rear of the perforated face shall be four individually stamped square pattern deflectors that are easily field adjusted to provide throws in a 1, 2, 3, or 4- way pattern. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and adjusting the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Models 4320, 4325 luminum Face Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320 Flush Face or 4325 rop Face, Perforated Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped corrosion-resistant steel backpan with a round or square neck as specified. n aluminum perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted on the rear of the perforated face shall be four individually stamped square pattern deflectors that are easily field adjusted to provide throws in a 1, 2, 3, or 4-way pattern. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and adjusting the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Models 4320, 4325 luminum Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320 Flush Face or 4325 rop Face, Perforated Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped aluminum backpan with a round or square neck as specified. n aluminum perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted on the rear of the perforated face shall be four individually stamped square pattern deflectors that are easily field adjusted to provide throws in a 1, 2, 3, or 4-way pattern. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and adjusting the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

141 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320, 4320, 4320 Flush Face 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC Models 4320, 4320, 4320 Flush Face 24 x 12 (600 x 300) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

142 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320, 4320, 4320 Flush Face 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Round Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

143 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320, 4320, 4320 Flush Face 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 10 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 12 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 14 T 3-Way Way Way NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Neck Size Nominal Square Overall k in Inches Face Size Factor 6 x 6 12 x x 8 12 x x 6 24 x x 8 24 x x x x x x x Neck Size Nominal iameter Overall k in Inches Face Size Factor 6 12 x x x x x x x x

144 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4325, 4325, 4325 rop Face 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way Way x 6 T 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC Models 4325, 4325, 4325 rop Face 24 x 12 (600 x 300) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

145 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4325, 4325, 4325 rop Face 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Round Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

146 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4325, 4325, 4325 rop Face 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 10 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 12 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 14 T 3-Way Way Way NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available 'Flow Hood' is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 146

147 PERFORTE PERFORTE CURVE LE IFFUSERS SUPPLY 4-WY JUSTLE ISCHRGE PTTERN (STNR) 1, 2 OR 3-WY ISCHRGE PTTERN (OPTIONL) Steel Models: 4320C Flush Face 4325C rop Face luminum Face Models: 4320C Flush Face 4325C rop Face luminum Models: 4320C Flush Face 4325C rop Face The Nailor 4320C Curved lade iffusers provide the unobtrusive, smooth appearance preferred by many architects with superior features and performance characteristics. esigned to maximize throw, this model features individually adjustable, friction pivoted curved blade deflectors mounted directly under the neck. They project a tight, uniform horizontal blanket of air over a wide range of air volumes and provide excellent performance in variable air volume systems. The 4320C iffuser features a 4-way adjustable discharge pattern as standard. The deflector blades can be adjusted to control both the angle of discharge and hence throw from full horizontal to vertical in each direction and also damper the air volume. y closing off the deflectors in one or more directions, directional control can also be achieved. The 4320C is also available with a factory supplied 1, 2 or 3-way adjustable discharge pattern controller. The 4325C features a dropped (extended) face panel that is available to compliment tegular tile ceiling systems, so that the panel remains flush with the ceiling line. FETURES: Round or square necks available. Hinged, removable face plate with quick-release spring latches. ischarge pattern can be adjusted from horizontal to vertical before or after installation. ischarge pattern is adjusted by dropping the perforated face and moving the curved blade deflectors. vailable Combinations of Ceiling Module vs. Neck Size Inlet collar has 1 1/4" (35) depth for easy duct connection. ropping the perforated face gives access to the optional damper. Perforated face with 3/16" (5) diameter holes on staggered 1/4" (6) centers, providing 51% free area. Return models (4360 Series) have the same face and frame construction as the supply models to match their appearance. Model 4320C Material: Models 4320C/4325C have a corrosion-resistant steel perforated face and backpan. Models 4320C/4325C have an aluminum perforated face and a corrosion-resistant steel backpan. Models 4320C/4325C have an aluminum perforated face and backpan. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. Ceiling Module CM Nominal uct Size Imperial Metric Round Neck Square Neck Modules Modules Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) 12 x x 300 6, 8 dia. 152, 203 dia. 6 x 6, 8 x x 152, 203 x x x 400 6, 8, 152, 203, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 10, 12 dia. 254, 305 dia. 10 x 10, 12 x x 254, 305 x x x 300 6, 8 dia. 152, 203 dia. 6 x 6, 8 x x 152, 203 x x x 500 6, 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 12, 14 dia. 305, 356 dia. 10 x x 254 6, 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 254 x 254, 24 x x , 14, 15, 305, 356, 381, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 305 x 305, 356 x 356, 381 x , 18 dia. 406, 457 dia. 16 x 16, 18 x x 406, 457 x

148 PERFORTE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 4320C, 4320C, 4320C Supply Flush Face Type L Lay-in T-ar Type S Surface Mount 3 5/8" (92) 1 1/4" (32) CURVE LE EFLECTORS NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM + 1 1/2" (34) Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) Type F Fineline SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. CM - 1/16" (2) CM - 1/16" (2) Models 4325C, 4325C, 4325C Supply rop Face Type L Lay-in T-ar or Tegular CM - 1/8" (3) CM Type S Surface Mount 3 5/8" (92) 1 1/4" (32) CURVE LE EFLECTORS NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE 3/8" (10) CM + 1 1/2" (34) Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. 3/8" (10) CM - 1/16" (2) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/16" (2) 148

149 PERFORTE Model Series 4320C djusting Pattern Controllers Removing Perforated Face The 4300 Series is supplied with a removable face plate that is retained in place by four springloaded latches, one located in each corner of the diffuser. 1. Insert a small screwdriver through a perforated hole in the edge of the face plate and push the spring-loaded latch inward from diffuser frame to release face. 2. Repeat procedure on the opposite side. 3. The face plate will now swing down, using the two remaining latches as hinges. The face may be completely removed by depressing in a similar manner, the two remaining latches. 4. To close; lift perforated face, depress spring latches with fingers and snap in place. The pattern controller in the neck of the diffuser features individually adjustable deflector blades which may be used to vary the discharge pattern from full horizontal to vertical. Each blade is friction pivoted using a tension wire which securely holds its position after adjustment. Pattern Controller Options Standard Model Configuration Round or Square Neck 4-way Pattern Optional Model Configurations 4, 4-way The 4320C Series is supplied with this style of pattern controller unless specified otherwise. 3, 3-way 2, 2-way C2, 2-way 1, 1-way opposite corner 149

150 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Perforated Curved lade Supply Ceiling iffusers Model Series 4320C 4320C x 24 - L - W MOEL - Steel Flush Face 4320C rop Face 4325C - luminum Face Flush Face 4320C rop Face 4325C - luminum Flush Face 4320C rop Face 4325C NECK SIZE (inches) Round 06, 08, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18 Square 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 16 x 16, 18 x 18 CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x 600 CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Round Neck - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR Square Neck - Opposed lade amper O - Equalizing Grid EGL - amper/equalizing Grid EGL LOW PTTERN - 4-Way (default) 4-3-Way 3-2-Way Opposite 2-2-Way Corner C2-1-Way 1 FRME TYPE - Lay-in T-ar L - Surface Mount S - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-in M - Fineline F FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special SP -W Face/lack ackpan Notes: 1. Consult individual models as to limitations and availability of ceiling module and neck size combinations. 2. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. 150

151 PERFORTE SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Models 4320C, 4325C Steel Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320C Flush Face or 4325C rop Face, Perforated Supply Curved lade Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped corrosion-resistant steel backpan with a round or square neck as specified. corrosion-resistant steel perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted on the neck of the diffuser shall be a factory installed curved blade pack with individually adjustable blades configured for a 4-way (standard) throw. (Optional) Factory installed 3, 2 or 1-way (select one) pattern to be supplied. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and adjusting the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Models 4320C, 4325C luminum Face Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320C Flush Face or 4325C rop Face, Perforated Supply Curved lade Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped corrosion-resistant steel backpan with a round or square neck as specified. n aluminum perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted on the neck of the diffuser shall be a factory installed curved blade pack with individually adjustable blades configured for a 4-way (standard) throw. (Optional) Factory installed 3, 2 or 1-way (select one) pattern to be supplied. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and adjusting the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Models 4320C, 4325C luminum Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320C Flush Face or 4325C rop Face, Perforated Supply Curved lade Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a stamped aluminum backpan with a round or square neck as specified. n aluminum perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted on the neck of the diffuser shall be a factory installed curved blade pack with individually adjustable blades configured for a 4-way (standard) throw. (Optional) Factory installed 3, 2 or 1-way (select one) pattern to be supplied. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and adjusting the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

152 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320C, 4320C, 4320C 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way Way x 6 T 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC Models 4320C, 4320C, 4320C 24 x 12 (600 x 300) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way Way x 6 T 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

153 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320C, 4320C, 4320C 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Round Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

154 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320C, 4320C, 4320C 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 10 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 12 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 14 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 15 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 16 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 18 T 3-Way Way Way NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available 'Flow Hood' is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 154

155 PERFORTE PERFORTE CURVE LE IFFUSERS New Product SUPPLY SURFCE MOUNT FULL FCE SQURE NECK 4-WY JUSTLE ISCHRGE PTTERN (STNR) 1, 2 OR 3-WY ISCHRGE PTTERN (OPTIONL) Steel Face Model: 4340C luminum Model: 4340C Suffix '-O' adds a steel opposed blade damper The Nailor 4340C Curved lade iffusers are designed to compliment the Nailor 4320C curved blade ceiling diffusers and feature the same individually adjustable, friction pivoted curved blade pattern controllers. esigned to maximize throw, they project a tight, uniform horizontal blanket of air over a wide range of air volumes and provide excellent performance in VV systems. The 4340C is a square neck grille frame style design, featuring full face pattern controllers, for surface mount installation in hard ceilings. 4-way adjustable discharge pattern is standard. The pattern controllers may also be used to damper the air volume and by closing them off in one or more directions, directional control can also be achieved. lso available with a factory supplied optional 1, 2 or 3-way adjustable discharge pattern controller. FETURES: vailable in nominal duct sizes from 6" x 6" (152 x 152) to 24" x 24" (610 x 610) in 2" (51) increments. Curved blades on 1" (25) centers are individually adjustable and regulate angle of discharge. Frame is mechanically interlocked for strength with hairline mitered corners. Standard diffuser has a 4-way (4) discharge pattern. Removable face has concealed latches for easy access to core. Perforated face has 3/16" (5) diameter holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Type N standard fastening is with sheet metal screws (by others), through the neck of the diffuser outer frame. Optional Type countersunk screwholes on face of outer frame. ropping the perforated face gives access to the optional opposed blade damper. Model 4340C Return models (4340R Series) have the same face and frame construction as the supply models to match the appearance. Material: Extruded aluminum blades and frame. Corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum perforated face depending on model selection. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. imensional ata Pattern Controller Options Type S Surface Mount STNR 4,4-WY 3, 3-WY 2, 2-WY OPPOSITE NOM. UCT SIZE + 1 3/4" (44) NOM. UCT SIZE 1/4" (6) 1 3/8" (35) 1/4" (6) 1" (25) FCE ORER C2, 2-WY CORNER 1, 1-WY 155

156 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Perforated Full Face Curved lade Supply Ceiling iffusers Model Series 4340C 4340C x 12 - S - W - N MOEL - Steel Face 4340C - luminum 4340C MPER -No amper (default) - Opposed lade amper O NECK SIZE (inches) 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 16 x 16, 18 x 18, 20 x 20, 22 x 22, 24 x 24 FRME TYPE - Surface Mount (default) S CCESSORIES - None (default) - Foam Gasket GK - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES - Equalizing Grid EGL - amper/equalizing Grid EGL LOW PTTERN - 4-Way (default) 4-3-Way 3-2-Way Opposite 2-2-Way Corner C2-1-Way 1 FSTENING - None (default) N (installs through neck of frame) - Countersunk holes on outer frame FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP Notes: 1. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4340C (aluminum with corrosion-resistant steel face) or 4340C (aluminum) Perforated Full Face Curved lade Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a mechanically interlocked extruded aluminum frame with hairline mitered corners. n extruded aluminum blade pack with individually adjustable curved blades on 1" (25) centers shall be sized according to the square neck size as specified. The diffuser shall have a 4-way (standard), 3-way, 2-way, 1-way (select one) discharge pattern. perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and adjusting the deflectors (or optional damper). The diffuser shall be fastened through the neck with sheet metal screws. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). (Optional) n opposed blade damper, constructed of heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel, and operable from the face of the diffuser, shall be provided with all units. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

157 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4340C, 4340C Surface Mount Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 10 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 12 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 14 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 16 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 18 T 3-Way Way Way NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available 'Flow Hood' is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 157

158 PERFORTE PERFORTE CEILING IFFUSERS SUPPLY FIXE 4-WY ISCHRGE PTTERN Steel Models: 4320F Flush Face 4325F rop Face luminum Face Models: 4320F Flush Face 4325F rop Face The Nailor 4320F Series Perforated iffusers combine smooth, unobtrusive architectural appearance with the superior performance characteristics required by engineers. esigned to maximize throw, these models feature a single heavy gauge stamped pattern controller that is mounted directly under the neck. The formed louver air pattern controller has fixed curved vanes that optimize airflow projection and provide a superior horizontal air pattern with a strong ceiling coanda effect. n excellent choice for variable air volume systems. main benefit of the 4320F Series design is that the fixed pattern controller cannot be inadvertently adjusted, disturbed or tampered with. You can be assured that once installed, be it long or short term, the air pattern projection and performance will remain constant. The 4325F features a drop (extended) face panel that is available to compliment tegular tile ceiling systems. This ensures the panel remains flush with the ceiling line. FETURES: Round or square necks available. Hinged, removable face plate with quick-release spring latches. Rugged fixed 4-way air pattern controller ensures performance is always optimized. Inlet collar has 1 1/4" (32) depth for easy duct connection. ropping the perforated face gives access to the optional damper. Perforated face with 3/16" (5) diameter holes on staggered 1/4" (6) centers, providing 51% free area. Return models (4360 Series) have the same face and frame construction as the supply models to match their appearance. Model 4320F Material: Corrosion-resistant steel backpan. Corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum perforated face depending on model selection. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. vailable Combinations of Ceiling Module vs. Neck Size Ceiling Module CM Nominal uct Size Imperial Metric Round Neck Square Neck Modules Modules Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) 6, 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x x 152, 203 x 203, 254 x x x , 14, 15, 305, 356, 381, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x x 305, 356 x 356, 381 x dia. 406 dia. 16 x x

159 PERFORTE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 4320F, 4320F Supply Flush Face Type L Lay-in T-ar Type S Surface Mount 3 5/8" (92) FIXE LE PTTERN CONTROLLERS 1 1/4" (32) NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM + 1 1/2" (34) Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) Type F Fineline SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. CM - 1/16" (2) Models 4325F, 4325F Supply rop Face Type L Lay-in T-ar or Tegular CM - 1/16" (2) CM - 1/8" (3) CM Type S Surface Mount 3 5/8" (92) FIXE LE PTTERN CONTROLLERS 1 1/4" (32) NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE 3/8" (10) CM + 1 1/2" (34) Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. 3/8" (10) CM - 1/16" (2) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/16" (2) 159

160 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Perforated Fixed Pattern Ceiling iffusers Model Series 4320F 4320F x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel Flush Face 4320F rop Face 4325F - luminum Face Flush Face 4320F rop Face 4325F NECK SIZE (inches) Round 06, 08, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16 Square 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 16 x 16 CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 24 x x 600 Notes: 1. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Round Neck - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR Square Neck - Opposed lade amper O - Equalizing Grid EGL - amper/equalizing Grid EGL FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP - W Face/lack ackpan FRME TYPE - T-ar Lay-in L - Surface Mount S - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-in M - Fineline F SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Models 4320F, 4325F Steel Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320F Flush Face or 4325F rop Face, Fixed Pattern Perforated Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped corrosion-resistant steel backpan with a high neck collar that is round or square as specified. corrosion-resistant steel perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted at the neck of the diffuser shall be a square, stamped curved vane deflector that is fixed in a 4-way throw pattern, so performance will remain constant. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning (and adjusting the optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Models 4320F, 4325F luminum Face Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320F Flush Face or 4325F rop Face, Fixed Pattern Perforated Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped corrosion-resistant steel backpan with a high neck collar that is round or square as specified. n aluminum perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted at the neck of the diffuser shall be a square, stamped curved vane deflector that is fixed in a 4-way throw pattern, so performance will remain constant. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning (and adjusting the optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

161 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320F, 4320F 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Round Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

162 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320F, 4320F 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 10 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 12 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 14 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 15 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 16 T 3-Way Way Way NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available 'Flow Hood' is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 162

163 PERFORTE PERFORTE MOULR CORE IFFUSERS SUPPLY SQURE NECK 1, 2, 3 OR 4-WY JUSTLE ISCHRGE PTTERN Steel Models: 4320M Flush Face 4325M rop Face luminum Face Models: 4320M Flush Face 4325M rop Face Model 4320M The Nailor 4320M Perforated Modular Core iffusers provide the unobtrusive, smooth appearance preferred by many architects and combines this with the flexible features of a high performance modular core design. This model features four individual, spring-loaded modular pattern controllers mounted in the neck. They can be adjusted before or after installation, to provide a 1, 2, 3 or 4-way discharge pattern by simply dropping the perforated face and rotating one or more of the pattern controllers. The engineered modular core design maintains a tight, uniform horizontal throw pattern from maximum to minimum cataloged air volumes. It therefore provides excellent performance in variable air volume systems. The diffuser is shipped from the factory with the modular core set for a 4-way discharge pattern. The 4325M features a dropped (extended) face panel that is designed to compliment tegular tile ceiling systems. The face panel is suspended flush with the ceiling line, providing both an aesthetically pleasing appearance and ensuring optimal performance is maintained. FETURES: Square neck is standard. Hinged, removable face plate with quick-release spring latches. ischarge pattern can be adjusted to a 1, 2, 3 or 4-way horizontal pattern before or after installation. ischarge pattern is adjusted by dropping the perforated face and rotating the modular sections. Inlet collar has approximately 1 1/2" (38) depth for easy duct connection. ropping the perforated face and removing a core module gives access to the optional opposed blade damper. Perforated face with 3/16" (5) diameter holes on staggered 1/4" (6) centers, providing 51% free area. Return models (4360 Series) have the same face and frame construction as the supply models to match the appearance. Material: Corrosion-resistant steel backpan and modular core. Corrosionresistant steel or aluminum perforated face depending on model selection. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. vailable Combinations of Ceiling Module vs. Neck Size Ceiling Module CM Nominal uct Size Imperial Metric Square Neck Modules Modules Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) 12 x x x 6, 8 x x 152, 203 x x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 254 x 254, 24 x x x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 305 x 305, 356 x 356, 381 x x 16, 18 x x 406, 457 x

164 PERFORTE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 4320M, 4320M Flush Face Square Neck Type L Lay-in T-ar Type S Surface Mount 3 5/8" (92) 1 1/2" (38) NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) MOULR CORE SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM + 1 1/2" (34) Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) Type F Fineline SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. CM - 1/16" (2) CM - 1/16" (2) Models 4325M, 4325M rop Face Square Neck Type L Lay-in T-ar or Tegular CM - 1/8" (3) CM Modular Core djustments NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) MOULR CORE 3 5/8" (92) 1 1/2" (38) 4-way 3-way 3/8" (10) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE rop face models are also available with Type S, SP and M frames. Optional Opposed lade amper Model O 3-way 2-way corner NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/4" (6) 3 1/4 (83) Heavy gauge roll-formed steel damper is supplied with a screwdriver slot operator. 1 3/4" (44) 2-way opposite 1-way ll diffusers are shipped with the standard 4-way pattern, but the air pattern can be simply field adjusted by lowering the hinged face and rotating the spring loaded pattern controllers. 164

165 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Perforated Modular Core Square Neck Supply Ceiling iffusers Model Series 4320M MOEL - Steel Flush Face 4320M rop Face 4325M - luminum Face Flush Face 4320M rop Face 4325M NECK SIZE (inches) 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 16 x 16, 18 x 18 CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x M - 8 x 8-24 x 24 - L - W - CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES - Opposed lade amper O - Equalizing Grid EGL - amper/equalizing Grid EGL FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP - W Face/lack ackpan FRME TYPE - Lay-in T-ar L - Surface Mount S - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-in M - Fineline F Notes: 1. Consult individual models as to limitations and availability of ceiling module and neck size combinations. 2. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Models 4320M, 4325M Steel Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320M Flush Face or 4325M rop Face, Perforated Modular Core Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped corrosion-resistant steel backpan with an integral square neck collar. corrosion-resistant steel perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted in the neck of the diffuser shall be four square modular pattern deflectors factory installed in a 4-way pattern, that are easily field rotated to provide throws in 1, 2, or 3-way patterns. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and adjusting the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Models 4320M, 4325M luminum Face Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320M Flush Face or 4325M rop Face, Perforated Modular Core Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped corrosion-resistant steel backpan with an integral square neck collar. n aluminum perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted in the neck of the diffuser shall be four square modular pattern deflectors factory installed in a 4-way pattern, that are easily field rotated to provide throws in 1, 2, or 3-way patterns. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and adjusting the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

166 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320M, 4320M 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Module Size Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

167 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320M, 4320M 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 10 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 12 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 15 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 18 T 3-Way Way Way NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available 'Flow Hood' is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 167

168 PERFORTE PERFORTE MOULR CORE IFFUSERS New Product SUPPLY INTEGRL ROUN NECK 1, 2, 3 OR 4-WY JUSTLE ISCHRGE PTTERN Steel Models: 4320MR Flush Face 4325MR rop Face luminum Face Models: 4320MR Flush Face 4325MR rop Face Model 4320MR The Nailor 4320MR Perforated Modular Core iffusers provide the unobtrusive, smooth appearance preferred by many architects and combines this with the flexible features of a high performance modular core design. The low profile backpan features an integral round neck which eliminates the need for adapters. Four individual spring-loaded adjustable modular pattern controllers are mounted inside the backpan. This positions the leading edge of the pattern controllers near the perforated face and flush with ceiling for optimum performance. The engineered design maintains a tight, uniform horizontal throw pattern from maximum to minimum cataloged air volumes and therefore provides excellent performance in VV systems. ischarge pattern can adjust to 1, 2, 3 or 4-way horizontal, before or after installation. ischarge pattern is adjusted by dropping the perforated face and rotating the pattern deflectors. iffusers are shipped from the factory with a 4-way discharge pattern. The 4325MR features a dropped (extended) face panel that is designed to compliment tegular tile ceiling systems. The face panel is suspended flush with the ceiling line, providing both an aesthetically pleasing appearance and ensuring optimal performance is maintained. FETURES: esigned for suspended ceiling systems. Round neck is standard. Hinged, removable face plate with quick-release spring latches. ischarge pattern can be adjusted to a 1, 2, 3 or 4-way horizontal pattern before or after installation. ischarge pattern is adjusted by dropping the perforated face and rotating the modular sections. Inlet collar has approximately 1 1/4" (32) depth for easy duct connection. Perforated face with 3/16" (5) diameter holes on staggered 1/4" (6) centers, providing 51% free area. ropping the perforated face and removing a modular core module gives access to the optional balancing damper. Return models (4360 Series) have the same face and frame construction as the supply models to match the appearance. Material: Corrosion-resistant steel backpan and modular core. Corrosionresistant steel or aluminum perforated face depending on model selection. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. vailable Combinations of Ceiling Module vs. Neck Size Ceiling Module CM Nominal uct Size Imperial Metric Round Neck Modules Modules Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) 12 x x 300 6, 8 dia. 152, 203 dia. 24 x x 600 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16 dia. 152, 203, 254, 305, 356, 381, 406 dia. 168

169 PERFORTE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 4320MR, 4320MR Flush Face Round Neck Type L Lay-in T-ar = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) 4 MOULR CORE MOULES 1 1/4" (32) 3 5/8" (92) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE Type S Surface Mount Type SP Spline Modular Core djustments SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) CM + 1 1/2" (34) SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. CM - 1/16" (2) 4-way 3-way Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) Type F Fineline 3-way 2-way corner CM - 1/16" (2) CM - 1/8" (3) CM 2-way opposite 1-way Models 4325MR, 4325MR rop Face Round Neck Type L Lay-in T-ar or Tegular 3 5/8" (92) 1 1/4" (32) = NOMINL UCT I. - 1/8" (3) 4 MOULR CORE MOULES ll diffusers are shipped with the standard 4-way pattern, but the air pattern can be simply field adjusted by lowering the hinged face and rotating the spring loaded pattern controllers. 3/8" (10) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE rop face models are also available with Type S, SP and M frames. 169

170 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Perforated Modular Core Round Neck Supply Ceiling iffusers Model Series 4320MR 4320MR x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel Flush Face 4320MR rop Face 4325MR - luminum Face Flush Face 4320MR rop Face 4325MR NECK SIZE 06, 08, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16 dia. (152, 203, 254, 305, 356, 381, 406 dia.) CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 24 x 24 (default) 600 x x x 300 Notes: 1. Consult individual models as to limitations and availability of ceiling module and neck size combinations. 2. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP - W Face/lack ackpan FRME TYPE - T-ar Lay-in L - Surface Mount S - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-in M - Fineline F SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Models 4320MR, 4325MR Steel Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320MR Flush Face or 4325MR rop Face, Perforated Modular Core Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped, corrosion-resistant steel, low profile backpan with an integral round neck. corrosion-resistant steel perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted below the neck of the diffuser shall be four square modular pattern deflectors, factory installed in a 4-way pattern, that are easily field rotated to provide throws in 1, 2, or 3-way patterns. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and rotating the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Models 4320MR, 4325MR luminum Face Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4320MR Flush Face or 4325MR rop Face, Perforated Modular Core Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped, corrosion-resistant steel, low profile backpan with an integral round neck. n aluminum perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted below the neck of the diffuser shall be four square modular pattern deflectors, factory installed in a 4-way pattern, that are easily field rotated to provide throws in 1, 2, or 3-way patterns. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and rotating the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

171 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320MR, 4320MR 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Module Size Round Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

172 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4320MR, 4320MR 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Round Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available 'Flow Hood' is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 172

173 PERFORTE PERFORTE MOULR CORE IFFUSERS New Product SUPPLY SURFCE MOUNT FULL FCE SQURE NECK 1, 2, 3 OR 4-WY JUSTLE ISCHRGE PTTERN Steel Face Model: 4340M luminum Face Model: 4340M Suffix '-O' adds a steel opposed blade damper Model 4340M The Nailor 4340M Modular Core iffusers are designed to compliment the Nailor 4320MR modular ceiling diffusers and feature the same flexible high performance modular core design. The four individual, spring-loaded modular pattern controllers are mounted in the diffuser frame and position the leading edge of the pattern controllers near the perforated face and flush with the ceiling for optimum performance. The engineered design maintains a tight, uniform horizontal throw pattern from maximum to minimum cataloged air volumes, providing excellent performance in VV systems. The 4340M is a square neck grille frame design, featuring full face pattern controllers, for surface mount installation in hard ceilings. ischarge pattern can adjust to 1, 2, 3 or 4-way horizontal, before or after installation. ischarge pattern is adjusted by dropping the perforated face and rotating the pattern deflectors. iffusers are shipped from the factory with a 4-way discharge pattern. FETURES: Hinged removable face plate with quick-release spring latches. ischarge pattern can be adjusted to a 1, 2, 3 or 4-way horizontal pattern before or after installation. ischarge pattern is adjusted by dropping the perforated face and rotating the modular sections. Frame is mechanically interlocked for strength with hairline mitered corners. imensional ata Perforated face has 3/16" (5) diameter holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Type N standard fastening is with sheet metal screws (by others), through the neck of the diffuser outer frame. Optional Type countersunk screwholes on face of outer frame. ropping the perforated face and removing a modular core gives access to the optional opposed blade damper. Return models (4340R Series) have the same face and frame construction as the supply models to match the appearance. Material: Extruded aluminum frame. Corrosion-resistant steel modular core. Corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum perforated face depending on model selection. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. Modular Core djustments Type S Surface Mount 2 1/4" (57) NOM. UCT SIZE + 1 3/4" (44) NOM. UCT SIZE 1/4" (6) (THE IFFUSER IS SHIPPE WITH THE CORE SET FOR 4-WY ISCHRGE). 1-WY 2-WY OPPOSITE 2-WY CORNER 1/4" (6) 1" (25) FCE ORER vailable uct Sizes 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 12 x 12 (305 x 305) 18 x 18 (457 x 457) 8 x 8 (203 x 203) 14 x 14 (356 x 356) 20 x 20 (508 x 508) 9 x 9 (229 x 229) 15 x 15 (381 x 381) 22 x 22 (559 x 559) 10 x 10 (254 x 254) 16 x 16 (406 x 406) 24 x 24 (610 x 610) 3-WY 4-WY 173

174 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Perforated Full Face Modular Core Supply Ceiling iffusers Model Series 4340M 4340M x 12 - S - W - N - MOEL - Steel Face 4340M - luminum Face 4340M MPER -No amper (default) - Opposed lade amper O NECK SIZE (inches) 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 16 x 16, 18 x 18, 20 x 20, 22 x 22, 24 x 24 FRME TYPE - Surface Mount (default) S CCESSORIES - None (default) - Foam Gasket GK - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES - Equalizing Grid EGL - amper/equalizing Grid EGL FSTENING - None (default) N (installs through neck of frame) - Countersunk holes on outer frame FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP Notes: 1. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4340M (corrosion-resistant steel with aluminum frame) or 4340M (aluminum frame and face) Full Face Square Neck Perforated Supply Modular Core Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a mechanically interlocked extruded aluminum frame with hairline mitered corners. Mounted in the diffuser shall be four, corrosion-resistant steel, square modular pattern deflectors installed in a 4-way pattern, that are easily field rotated to provide throws in 1, 2, or 3-way patterns. The modular core shall be sized according to the square neck size as specified. The perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and rotating the deflectors (or optional damper). The diffuser shall be fastened through the neck with sheet metal screws (supplied by the installing contractor). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). (Optional) n opposed blade damper, constructed of heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel, and operable from the face of the diffuser, shall be provided with all units. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

175 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4340M, 4340M Surface Mount Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 10 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 12 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 14 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 15 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 16 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 18 T 3-Way Way Way NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available 'Flow Hood' is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 175

176 PERFORTE PERFORTE CEILING IFFUSERS SUPPLY PREMIUM RCHITECTURL QULITY 1, 2, 3 OR 4-WY JUSTLE ISCHRGE PTTERN Steel Face Model: 4330 Flush Face luminum Face Model: 4330 Flush Face Model 4330 The Nailor Perforated Ceiling iffusers have been designed to provide both the unobtrusive, smooth appearance preferred by many architects and the high engineering performance required for use in heating and cooling applications. They project a tight, uniform horizontal blanket of air over a wide range of air volumes and provide excellent performance in variable air volume systems. The 4330 Series features an extruded aluminum frame with hairline mitered corners that encapsulates the perforated face providing a narrow, visible border within the T-ar module. Four individual stamped pattern controllers mounted on the rear of the diffuser face are easily field adjustable to suit the desired air pattern. FETURES: Round or square necks available. Hinged, removable face plate with quick-release spring latches. ischarge pattern can adjust to vertical or 1, 2, 3 or 4-way horizontal, before or after installation. ischarge pattern is adjusted by dropping the perforated face and rotating the pattern deflectors. Inlet collar has 1 1/4" (32) depth for easy duct connection. ropping the perforated face gives access to the optional damper. Perforated face has 3/16" (5) diameter holes on staggered 1/4" (6) centers, providing 51% free area Return models (4330R Series) are available with the same face and frame construction as the supply models to match their appearance. Material: Extruded aluminum border and frame, corrosion-resistant steel backpan. Corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum perforated face depending on model selection. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. vailable ir Patterns ll diffusers are shipped with the standard 4-way pattern, but the air pattern can be simply field adjusted by lowering the hinged face and rotating the spring loaded pattern controllers. 4-way 3-way 2-way corner 2-way opposite 1-way 176

177 PERFORTE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 4330, 4330 Supply Flush Face Type L Lay-in T-ar Type S Surface Mount 3 1/16" (78) 1 1/4" (32) CM = CEILING MOULE NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) 15/16" (24) CM + 1 1/2" (38) vailable Combinations of Ceiling Module vs. Neck Size Ceiling Module CM Nominal uct Size Round Neck Square Neck Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Modules Modules Units Units Units Units (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) 12 x x 300 5, 6, 127, 152, 6 x 6, 152 x 152, 7, 8 178, x x x x 300 5, 6, 127, 152, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 7, 8 178, x x x x 400 5, 6, 7, 127, 152, 178, 6 x 6, 152 x 152, 8, , x x 203 5, 6, 7, 127, 152, 178, 6 x 6, 152 x 152, 20 x x 500 8, 10, 12, 203, 254, 305, 8 x 8, 203 x 203, x x x x 600 6, 8, 152, 203, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 10, 12, 254, 305, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 254 x 254, 305 x 305, 48 x x , 15, 356, 381, 14 x x

178 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Premium Perforated Supply Ceiling iffusers Model Series x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel Face luminum Face 4330 NECK SIZE (inches) Round 05, 06, 07, 08, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16 Square/Rectangular 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 16 x 16, 18 x 6 CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x x x 600 CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Round Neck - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR Square/Rectangular Neck - Opposed lade amper O - Equalizing Grid (long) EGL - Equalizing Grid (short) EGS - amper/equalizing Grid (long) EGL - amper/equalizing Grid (short) EGS FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP - W Face/lack ackpan FRME TYPE - Lay-in T-ar L - Surface Mount S Note: 1. Consult individual models as to limitations and availability of ceiling module and neck size combinations. 2. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4330 (corrosion-resistant steel face) or 4330 (aluminum face) Premium rchitectural Perforated Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a corrosion-resistant steel backpan with a round or square neck as specified, and an extruded aluminum border/frame that encapsulates the perforated face. The perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted on the rear of the perforated face shall be four individually stamped, square pattern deflectors that are easily field rotated to provide throws in 1, 2, 3 or 4-way patterns. The face shall include spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and adjusting the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

179 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4330, 4330 Flush Face 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM 4-Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way Way x 6 T 2-Way Way NC Models 4330, 4330 Flush Face 24 x 12 (600 x 300) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM 4-Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way Way x 6 T 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way Way x 6 T 2-Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

180 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4330, 4330 Flush Face 16 x 16 (400 x 400) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM " 4-Way Way ia. T 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way Way x 6 T 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

181 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4330, 4330 Flush Face 20 x 20 (500 x 500) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM " 4-Way Way ia. T 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way Way x 6 T 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 10 T 3-Way Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

182 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4330, 4330 Flush Face 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Round Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

183 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4330, 4330 Flush Face 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size VP TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 10 T 3-Way Way Way NC TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 12 T 3-Way Way Way NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. Listed throws for the 18" x 6" neck/ 24" x 12" module are for the long side of the diffuser. Throws for the narrow side are approximately x 0.6 listed values. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available 'Flow Hood' is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 183

184 PERFORTE PERFORTE CURVE LE IFFUSERS SUPPLY PREMIUM RCHITECTURL QULITY 4-WY JUSTLE ISCHRGE PTTERN (STNR) 1, 2 OR 3-WY ISCHRGE PTTERN (OPTIONL) Steel Face Model: 4330C Flush Face luminum Face Model: 4330C Flush Face The Nailor 4330C Curved lade iffusers provide the unobtrusive, smooth appearance preferred by many architects with superior features and performance characteristics. esigned to maximize throw, this model features individually adjustable, friction pivoted curved blade deflectors mounted directly under the neck. They project a tight, uniform horizontal blanket of air over a wide range of air volumes and provide excellent performance in variable air volume systems. The 4330C iffuser features an extruded aluminum frame with hairline mitered corners that encapsulates the perforated face providing a narrow, visible border within the T-ar module. The deflector blades can be adjusted to control both the angle of discharge and hence throw from full horizontal to vertical in each direction and also damper the air volume. y closing off the deflectors in one or more directions, directional control can also be achieved. The 4330C is supplied with a 4-way adjustable discharge pattern as standard but is also available with a factory supplied 1, 2 or 3-way adjustable discharge pattern controller. FETURES: Round or square necks available. Hinged, removable face plate with quick-release spring latches. ischarge pattern can be adjusted from horizontal to vertical before or after installation. vailable Combinations of Ceiling Module vs. Neck Size ischarge pattern is adjusted by dropping the perforated face and moving the curved blade deflectors. Inlet collar has 1 1/4" (32) depth for easy duct connection. ropping the perforated face gives access to the optional damper. Ceiling Module CM Nominal uct Size Round Neck Square Neck Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Modules Modules Units Units Units Units (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) 12 x x 300 6, 8 152, x 6, 8 x x 152, 203 x x x 300 6, 152, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, x x x x 400 6, 152, 6 x 6, 152 x 152, 8, , x x 203 6, 8 152, 203, 6 x 6, 152 x 152, 20 x x , 12, 254, 305, 8 x 8, 203 x 203, x x x x 600 6, 8, 152, 203, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 10, 12, 254, 305, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 254 x 254, 305 x 305, 48 x x , 15, 356, 381, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 356 x 356, 381 x 381, 16, , x 16, 18 x x 406, 457 x 457 Model 4330C Perforated face with 3/16" (5) diameter holes on staggered 1/4" (6) centers, providing 51% free area. Return models (4330R Series) are available with the same face and frame construction as the supply models to match their appearance. Material: Extruded aluminum border and frame, corrosion-resistant steel backpan. Corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum perforated face depending on model selection. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. 184

185 PERFORTE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 4330C, 4330C Supply Flush Face Type L Lay-in T-ar Type S Surface Mount 3 1/16" (78) 1 1/4" (32) CURVE LE EFLECTORS CM = CEILING MOULE NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) 15/16" (24) CM + 1 1/2" (38) Model Series 4330C djusting Pattern Controllers Removing Perforated Face The 4330 Series is supplied with a removable face plate that is retained in place with quick-release spring latches, located on the edge of the perforated face border. 1. Carefully insert a small screwdriver or similar object through a perforated hole in the edge of the face plate and pull the diffuser face down slightly. Grasp the face plate by hand and pull down to the extent of the spring latches on all sides. 2. The face plate will now hang by the extended spring latches. Compress the spring laches by hand and remove from the backpan. 3. When the latches are removed from three sides, the face will hinge down from the remaining latches for access to the pattern deflectors. The face can be completely removed by depressing the remaining latches. 4. To close; lift perforated face, depress the spring latches and snap in place. The pattern controller in the neck of the diffuser features individually adjustable deflector blades which may be used to vary the discharge pattern from full horizontal to vertical. Each blade is friction pivoted using a tension wire which securely holds its position after adjustment. Pattern Controller Options Round or Square Neck 4-way Pattern Standard Model Configuration Optional Model Configurations 4, 4-way The 4330C Series is supplied with this style of pattern controller unless specified otherwise. 3, 3-way 2, 2-way C2, 2-way 1, 1-way opposite corner 185

186 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Premium Perforated Curved lade Supply Ceiling iffusers Model Series 4330C 4330C x 24 - L - W MOEL - Steel Face 4330C - luminum Face 4330C NECK SIZE (inches) Round 06, 08, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18 Square/Rectangular 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 16 x 16, 18 x 6, 18 x 18 CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x x x 600 FRME TYPE - Lay-in T-ar L - Surface Mount S Notes: 1. Consult individual models as to limitations and availability of ceiling module and neck size combinations. 2. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Round Neck - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR Square/Rectangular Neck - Opposed lade amper O - Equalizing Grid (long) EGL - Equalizing Grid (short) EGS - amper/equalizing Grid (long) EGL - amper/equalizing Grid (short) EGS LOW PTTERN - 4-Way (default) 4-3-Way 3-2-Way Opposite 2-2-Way Corner C2-1-Way 1 FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special SP - W Face/lack ackpan SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4330C (corrosion-resistant steel face) or 4330C (aluminum face) Premium rchitectural Perforated Supply Curved lade Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a corrosion-resistant steel backpan with a round or square neck as specified, and an extruded aluminum border/frame that encapsulates the perforated face. The perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Mounted on the neck of the diffuser shall be a factory installed curved blade pack with individually adjustable blades configured for a 4-way (standard) throw. (Optional) Factory installed 3, 2, or 1-way (select one) pattern to be supplied. The face shall include spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning and adjusting the deflectors (or optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

187 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4330C, 4330C 12 x 12 (300 x 300) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way Way x 6 T 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC Models 4330C, 4330C 24 x 12 (600 x 300) Module Size Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way Way x 6 T 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

188 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4330C, 4330C 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Round Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way " 3-Way T ia. 2-Way Way NC For performance notes, see page

189 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4330C, 4330C 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Module Size Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck VP Size TP Flow Rate, CFM Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 10 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 12 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 14 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 15 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 16 T 3-Way Way Way NC Flow Rate, CFM Way x 18 T 3-Way Way Way NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available 'Flow Hood' is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 189

190 PERFORTE LL LUMINUM PERFORTE CEILING IFFUSERS 100% LUMINUM CONSTRUCTION SUITLE FOR MRI ROOMS SUPPLY N RETURN New Product Models: R Supply Return Model 4310 The Nailor Model 4310 Perforated Supply iffusers have an all aluminum constructed design that combines a smooth unobtrusive architectural appearance with the superior performance characteristics required by engineers. This diffuser is suitable for MRI rooms. The 4310 features a smoothly contoured die-formed backpan and wrap-around fixed perforated face. The round disc pattern deflector provides a true 360 radial horizontal air pattern. tight air pattern protects the ceiling against smudging, providing excellent performance in VV systems. The Nailor Model 4310R Perforated Return iffuser is designed to match the supply model but omits the pattern deflector. It is suitable for ducted return applications. FETURES: Specially designed for MRI Rooms. 24" x 24" (600 x 600) module design for suspended ceiling systems. Integral round neck is standard. Inlet collar has approximately 1 1/4" (32) depth for easy duct connection. Supply models incorporate an aluminum fixed round disc pattern deflector that provides a tight air pattern. luminum perforated face with 3/16" (5) diameter holes on staggered 1/4" (6) centers, providing 51% free area. Return models (4310R Series) have the same face and frame construction as the supply models without the deflector. Material: 100% all aluminum construction. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. Type L Lay-in T-ar CM = CEILING MOULE CM 1/8" (3) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/8" (3) 1 1/4" (32) 2 5/16" (59) ROUN ISC PTTERN EFLECTOR SUPPLIE ON MOEL 4310 vailable Combinations of Ceiling Module vs. Neck Size Ceiling Module CM Nominal uct Size Imperial Metric Round Neck Modules Modules Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) 24 x x 600 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15 dia. 152, 203, 254, 305, 356, 381 dia. 190

191 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). ll luminum Perforated Supply or Return Ceiling iffusers Model Series x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Supply Return 4310R CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX NECK SIZE (inches) 06, 08, 10, 12, 14, 15 dia. CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 24 x x 600 FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP - W Face/lack ackpan FRME TYPE - Lay-in T-ar L SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Model 4310 Furnish and install Nailor Model 4310 ll luminum Perforated Supply Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a die-formed aluminum backpan with an integral round neck. n aluminum perforated face with 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area, shall wrap around the backpan. round stamped aluminum disc deflector shall be mounted on the perforated face. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Model 4310R Furnish and install Nailor Model 4310R ll luminum Perforated Return Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a die-formed aluminum backpan with an integral round neck. n aluminum perforated face with 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area, shall wrap around the backpan. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

192 PERFORTE Performance ata Model x 24 (600 x 600) Module Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Size Velocity Pressure Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC Total Pressure " irflow, cfm ia. Throw NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. ll pressures are in inches w.g. To obtain static pressure, subtract the velocity pressure from the total pressure. 2. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities, under isothermal conditions. 3. NC (Noise Criteria) values are based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. ash ( ) in spaces indicates an NC level of less than ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard alancing: It is recommended that a commercially available 'Flow Hood' is used for field balancing. The airflow meter directly reads average flow rate with great accuracy at all volumes. It is a much faster and more accurate alternative to time consuming multiple velocity readings, eliminating the use of k factors and the calculations required to convert the average velocity into airflow. 192

193 CEILING PERFORTE IFFUSERS PERFORTE RETURN IR IFFUSERS MTCH N COMPLIMENT SUPPLY MOELS SUITLE FOR UCTE RETURN PPLICTIONS Steel Models: 4360 Flush Face 4365 rop Face luminum Face Models: 4360 Flush Face 4365 rop Face luminum Models: 4360 Flush Face 4365 rop Face The Nailor 4360 Series Perforated Face return air models are designed to match supply air models 4320, 4320C, 4320F, 4320MR and 4320M in appearance and construction detail, less the air pattern controllers which are not required. The 4360 Series is offered in two versions. One for ducted return applications which features the same backpan as the supply air models with a neck for connection to flexible or rigid round duct or square duct. The other version features a dedicated frame assembly which has a neck that is 2" (51) less than the ceiling module size. This unit maximizes free area and may be used for ducted or ductless return air applications. The 4365 model features a drop (extended) face panel that both matches in appearance the drop face supply models and compliments tegular tile ceiling systems, allowing the perforated face panel to remain flush with the ceiling line. FETURES: Round or square necks available. Hinged, removable face plate with quick-release spring latches. Inlet collar has minimum 1 1/4" (32) depth for easy duct connection. ropping the perforated face gives access to the optional damper. Perforated face with 3/16" (5) diameter holes on staggered 1/4" (6) centers, providing 51% free area. Material: Models 4360/4365 have a corrosion-resistant steel perforated face and backpan. Models 4360/ 4365 have an aluminum perforated Model 4360 face and a corrosion-resistant steel backpan. Models 4360/4365 have an aluminum perforated face and backpan. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. vailable Combinations of Ceiling Module vs. Neck Size Ceiling Module CM Nominal uct Size Imperial Metric Round Neck Square/Rectangular Neck Modules Modules Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) 12 x x 300 6, 8 dia. 152, 203 dia. 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x x 152, 203 x 203, 254 x x x 400 6, 8, 152, 203, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 254 x 254, 10, 12 dia. 254, 305 dia. 12 x 12, 14 x x 305, 356 x x x 300 6, 8 dia. 152, 203 dia. 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 18 x 6, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 457 x 152, 22 x x x x 500 6, 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 254 x 254, 12, 14 dia. 305, 356 dia. 18 x x 457 6, 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 254 x 254, 24 x x , 14, 15, 305, 356, 381, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 305 x 305, 356 x 356, 381 x 381, 16, 18 dia. 406, 457 dia. 16 x 16, 18 x 18, 22 x x 406, 457 x 457, 559 x 559 6, 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 254 x 254, 48 x x , 14, 15, 305, 356, 381, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 305 x 305, 356 x 356, 381 x 381, 16, 18 dia. 406, 457 dia. 16 x 16, 18 x 18, 46 x x 406, 457 x 457, 1168 x

194 PERFORTE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 4360, 4360, 4360 Return Flush Face ll round ducts and square ducts when duct size is less than CM - 2" (51). Type L Lay-in T-ar Type S Surface Mount 3 5/8" (92) 1 1/4" (32) NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM + 1 1/2" (34) Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) Type F Fineline SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. CM - 1/16" (2) CM - 1/16" (2) Models 4360, 4360, 4360 Return Flush Face When duct size = CM - 2" (51). CM - 1/8" (3) CM Type L Lay-in T-ar Type S Surface Mount 2 3/8" (60) NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE CM + 1 1/2" (34) Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) Type F Fineline SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. CM - 1/16" (2) CM - 1/16" (2) CM - 1/8" (3) CM 194

195 PERFORTE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 4365, 4365, 4365 Return rop Face ll round ducts and square ducts when duct size is less than CM - 2" (51). Type L Lay-in T-ar or Tegular Type S Surface Mount 3 5/8" (92) 1 1/4" (32) NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE 3/8" (10) CM + 1 1/2" (34) Type SP Spline SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/16" (2) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/16" (2) Models 4365, 4365, 4365 Return rop Face When duct size = CM - 2" (51). Type L Lay-in T-ar or Tegular Type S Surface Mount 2 3/8" (60) NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE 3/8" (10) CM + 1 1/2" (34) Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. 3/8" (10) CM - 1/16" (2) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/16" (2) 195

196 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Perforated Return Ceiling iffusers Model Series x x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel Flush Face 4360 rop Face luminum Face Flush Face 4360 rop Face luminum Flush Face 4360 rop Face 4365 NECK SIZE (inches) Round 06, 08, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18 Square/Rectangular 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 18 x 6, 15 x 15, 18 x 6, 18 x 18, 22 x 10, 22 x 22, 46 x 22 CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x x x 600 CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Round Neck - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper 4675 Square Neck - Opposed lade amper O FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP - W Face/lack ackpan FRME TYPE - Lay-in T-ar L - Surface Mount S - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-in M - Fineline F Notes: 1. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. 2. Consult individual models as to limitations and availability of ceiling module and neck size combinations. 196

197 PERFORTE SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Models 4360, 4365 Steel Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4360 Flush Face or 4365 rop Face, Perforated Return Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped corrosion-resistant steel backpan with a round or square neck. steel perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning (and adjusting the optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Models 4360, 4365 luminum Face Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4360 Flush Face or 4365 rop Face, Perforated Return Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, stamped corrosion-resistant steel backpan with a round or square neck. n aluminum perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning (and adjusting the optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Models 4360, 4365 luminum Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4360 Flush Face or 4365 rop Face, Perforated Return Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have an aluminum backpan with a round or square neck. n aluminum perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. The face shall be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning (and adjusting the optional damper). The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

198 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4360, 4360, 4360 Flush Face Return Module 4365, 4365, 4365 rop Face Return Module Ceiling Module Neck Size 12 x x x x x x x 24 6" dia. 6 x 6 8" dia. 8 x 8 10" dia. 10 x 10 12" dia. 12 x 12 14" dia. 14 x x 15 16" dia. 18 x x x x 22 Neck Velocity, FPM Negative SP VP irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. SP - static pressure - inches w.g. NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

199 PERFORTE PERFORTE RETURN IR IFFUSERS New Product SURFCE MOUNT SQURE NECK MTCH N COMPLIMENT 4340C N 4340M SUPPLY MOELS Steel Face Model: 4340R luminum Model: 4340R Model 4340R The Nailor 4340R Series Perforated Face Return ir iffusers are designed to match supply air Models 4340C and 4340M in appearance, except that the air pattern controllers are omitted. The 4340R is a square neck grille frame style design, for surface mount installation in hard ceilings. It is suitable for both ducted and ductless return air applications. FETURES: Square neck. vailable in nominal duct sizes from 6" x 6" (152 x 152) to 24" x 24" (610 x 610) in 2" (51) increments. Frame is mechanically interlocked for strength with hairline mitered corners. Hinged, removable face plate with concealed quick release spring latches. Perforated face has 3/16" (5) diameter holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. Type N standard fastening is with sheet metal screws (by others), through the neck of the diffuser outer frame. Optional Type countersunk screwholes on face of outer frame. ropping the perforated face gives access to the optional opposed blade damper. Material: Extruded aluminum frame. Corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum perforated face depending on model selection. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. Type S Surface Mount NOM. UCT SIZE + 1 3/4" (44) NOM. UCT SIZE 1/4" (6) 1 3/8" (35) 1/4" (6) 1" (25) FCE ORER 199

200 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Full Face Square Neck Perforated Return iffusers Model Series 4340R 4340R - 12 x 12 - S - W - N - MOEL - Steel Face 4340R - luminum 4340R NECK SIZE (inches) Square 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 16 x 16, 18 x 18, 20 x 20, 22 x 22, 24 x 24 FRME TYPE - Surface Mount (default) S CCESSORIES - None (default) - Foam Gasket GK - Earthquake Tabs EQT FSTENING - None (default) N (installs through neck of frame) - Countersunk holes on outer frame FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP Notes: 1. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4340R (corrosion-resistant steel face with aluminum frame) or 4340R (aluminum) Full Face Square Neck Perforated Return Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a mechanically interlocked extruded aluminum frame with hairline mitered corners. The perforated face shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. The face shall also be removable, hinged and include quick-release spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning. The diffuser shall be surface mounted and fastened through the neck with sheet metal screws. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

201 PERFORTE Performance ata Model 4340R, 4340R Surface Mount Square Neck Listed Core k Core Velocity uct Size rea Factor VP (inches) (sq. ft.) Neg. SP x CFM NC x CFM NC x CFM NC x CFM NC x CFM NC x CFM NC x CFM NC x CFM NC x CFM NC x CFM NC CFM - cubic feet per minute VP -velocity pressure - inches w.g. Neg. SP - negative static pressure - inches w.g. NC - Noise Criteria values are based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Core Velocity is in feet per minute. Performance Notes: 1. iffuser tested without damper. pply the following corrections for addition of opposed blade damper to diffuser: Neg. SP Listed Value x NC dd 5 d to listed value. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard irflow Measurements 1. alancing factors are applicable with or without dampers, providing uniform airflow exists into diffuser. 2. Take velocity readings at a number of locations on the inlet face (a minimum of 4), while positioning probe as shown above, one inch out from the face. 3. Total the various velocity readings and divide by the number of readings taken to arrive at an average inlet velocity (Vk in FPM). 4. Calculate the airflow (CFM) by multiplying the average velocity by the appropriate k factor. irflow (CFM) = verage velocity (Vk) x k. ir Measurement 1" (25) lnor Velometer with 2220 or 6070P Jet Probe 201

202 PERFORTE PERFORTE RETURN IR PNELS SUITLE FOR UCTLESS (PLENUM) RETURN IR PPLICTIONS Steel Models: 4302 Flush Face 4302-F rop Face 4302-F Fineline luminum Model: 4302 Flush Face Model 4302 The Nailor 4302 Perforated Return Panels are for use as an economical ductless return or exhaust grille in exposed grid T-ar ceiling systems. Once installed, the appearance matches that of the 4320/4325 (C, F and M) Series Supply iffusers. FETURES: Perforated face has 3/16" (5) dia. holes on staggered 1/4" (6) centers. 51% free area. vailable Ceiling Module Sizes Ceiling Module CM Imperial Metric Modules Modules (inches) (mm) 12 x x x x x x x x x x x x 600 Edges of panel are turned up for strength. Material: Heavy gauge corrosionresistant steel or aluminum. Model 4302 and 4302 Lay-in T-ar CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) Model 4302-F rop Face or TL Tegular Lay-in T-ar CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. 1/2" (13) 3/8" (10) CM - 1" (25) vailable Ceiling Module Sizes Ceiling Module CM Imperial Metric Modules Modules (inches) (mm) 20 x x x x 600 Model 4302-F Fineline Type Ceilings CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) CM - 5/8" (16) 3/8" (10) 202

203 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Perforated Return Panels Model x 24 - W MOEL - Steel Lay-in T-ar 4302 rop Face 4302-F Fineline 4302-F - luminum Lay-in T-ar 4302 FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special SP CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x x x 600 Note: 1. Consult individual models as to limitations and availability of ceiling module size combinations. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Model 4302, 4302 Flush Face Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4302 (corrosion-resistant steel) or 4302 (aluminum) Perforated Return ir Panels of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The perforated panel shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. The edge of the panel shall be turned up a 1/2" (13) for strength. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Model 4302-F rop Face Furnish and install Nailor Model 4302-F Perforated rop Face Return ir Panels of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The corrosion-resistant steel perforated panel shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. The face of the panel shall extend below the ceiling line. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Model 4302-F Fineline Furnish and install Nailor Model 4302-F Perforated Fineline Return ir Panels of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The corrosion-resistant steel perforated panel shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. The panel shall incorporate a corrosion-resistant steel frame to suit Fineline type ceilings. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

204 PERFORTE Performance ata Model 4302, 4302-F, 4302-F, 4302 Return Panel Ceiling Module Neck Size 12 x 12 N/ 20 x 20 N/ 24 x 12 N/ 24 x 24 N/ 48 x 24 N/ Neck Velocity, FPM Negative SP VP irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. SP - static pressure - inches w.g. NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

205 PERFORTE PERFORTE RETURN IR IFFUSERS MTCH N COMPLIMENT SUPPLY MOELS PREMIUM RCHITECTURL QULITY Steel Face Model: 4330R Flush Face luminum Face Model: 4330R Flush Face Model 4330R The Nailor 4330R Series Perforated Face return air models are designed to match supply air models 4330 and 4330C in appearance and construction detail, except that the air pattern controllers are not required and are omitted. The 4330R Series is offered in two versions. One for ducted return applications which features the same backpan as the supply air models with a neck for connection to flexible or rigid round duct or square duct. The other version features a dedicated frame assembly which has a neck that is 2" (51) less than the ceiling module size. This unit maximizes free area and may be used for ducted or ductless return air applications. FETURES: Round or square necks available. Hinged, removable face plate with quick-release spring latches. Inlet collar has minimum 1 1/4" (32) depth for easy duct connection. ropping the perforated face gives access to the optional damper. Perforated face has 3/16" (5) diameter holes on staggered 1/4" (6) centers, providing 51% free area. Material: Extruded aluminum border and frame, corrosion-resistant steel backpan. Corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum perforated face depending on model selection. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. vailable Combinations of Ceiling Module vs. Neck Size Ceiling Module CM Nominal uct Size Round Neck Square Neck Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Modules Modules Units Units Units Units (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) 12 x x 300 5, 6, 127, 152, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 7, 8 178, x x x x 300 5, 6, 127, 152, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 7, 8 178, x 6, 22 x x 152, 559 x x x 400 5, 6, 7, 127, 152, 178, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 254 x 254, 8, , x 12, 14 x x 305, 356 x 356 5, 6, 7, 127, 152, 178, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 254 x 254, 20 x x 500 8, 10, 12, 203, 254, 305, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 305 x 305, 356 x 356, 381 x 381, , 305, x 16, 18 x x 406, 457 x x x 600 6, 8, 152, 203, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 10, 12, 254, 305, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 254 x 254, 305 x 305, 48 x x , 15, 356, 381, 14 x 14, 16 x 16, 356 x 356, 406 x 406, x 18, 20 x 20, 457 x 457, 508 x 508, 22 x 22, 46 x x 559, 1168 x

206 PERFORTE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 4330R, 4330R Return Flush Face ll round ducts and square ducts when duct size is less than CM - 2" (51). Type L Lay-in T-ar Type S Surface Mount 3 1/16" (78) 1 1/4" (32) CM = CEILING MOULE NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/8" (3) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) 15/16" (24) CM + 1 1/2" (38) Models 4330R, 4330R Return Flush Face When duct size = CM - 2" (51). Type L Lay-in T-ar Type S Surface Mount 1 5/8" (41) 15/16" (24) CM = CEILING MOULE NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) CM + 1 1/2" (38) 206

207 PERFORTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Premium Perforated Return Ceiling iffusers Model Series 4330R 4330R - 22 x x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel Face 4330R - luminum Face 4330R NECK SIZE (inches) Round 05, 06, 07, 08, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16 Square/Rectangular 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 18 x 6, 15 x 15, 16 x 16, 18 x 18, 20 x 20, 22 x 22, 46 x 22 CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x x x 600 CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Round Neck - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper 4675 Square Neck - Opposed lade amper O FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP - W Face/lack ackpan FRME TYPE - Lay-in T-ar L - Surface Mount S Note: 1. Consult individual models as to limitations and availability of ceiling module and neck size combinations. 2. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4330R (corrosion-resistant steel face) or 4330R (aluminum face) Premium rchitectural Perforated Return Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a corrosion-resistant steel backpan with a round or square neck, and an extruded aluminum border/frame that encapsulates the perforated face. The perforated panel shall have 3/16" (5) dia. holes on 1/4" (6) staggered centers, providing 51% free area. The face shall include spring latches allowing easy access for cleaning. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

208 PERFORTE Performance ata Models 4330R, 4330R Flush Face Return Module Ceiling Neck Module Size 12 x x x x x x 10 6" dia. 6 x 6 8" dia. 8 x 8 10" dia. 10 x x 24 12" dia. 12 x 12 14" dia. 14 x x 15 16" dia. 18 x x x x 22 Neck Velocity, FPM Negative SP VP irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC irflow, CFM NC CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity VP - velocity pressure - inches w.g. SP - static pressure - inches w.g. NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

209 EGGCRTE EGGCRTE CEILING RETURN IFFUSERS HIGH CPCITY SUITLE FOR FLEXILE UCT CONNECTIONS 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" (13 x 13 x 13) LUMINUM GRI CORE New Product Models: 4260 Steel Frame/ackpan 4260 luminum Frame Model 4260 The Nailor 4260 Series Eggcrate Return Ceiling iffuser has a high free area for high volume capacity with low sound levels and pressure drops. It has an architecturally pleasing design that matches in appearance the grid louvers on parabolic light fixtures. The 4260 Series is offered in two versions. One for ducted return applications, for connection to flexible or rigid round duct or square duct. The other version has a dedicated frame assembly which has a neck that is 2" (51) less than the ceiling module size. This unit maximizes free area and may be used for ducted or ductless return air applications. FETURES: Full face design for ducted return air applications. 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" (13 x 13 x 13) aluminum eggcrate. Removable core. Round or square necks available. Inlet collar has 1 1/4" (35) depth for easy duct connection. Material: Corrosion-resistant steel frame/backpan with aluminum grid core or extruded aluminum frame/ backpan with aluminum grid core depending on model selection. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. vailable Combinations of Ceiling Module vs. Neck Size Ceiling Module CM Nominal uct Size Imperial Metric Round Neck Square Neck Modules Modules Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) Imperial Units (in.) Metric Units (mm) 12 x x 300 6, 152, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, x x x x 300 6, 152, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, x 6, 22 x x 152, 550 x x x 500 6, 8, 10, 152, 203, 254, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 12, , x 10, 18 x x 254, 450 x 450 6, 8, 152, 203, 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 152 x 152, 203 x 203, 10, , 305, 10 x 10, 12 x x 254, 305 x x x , , x 14, 15 x x 356, 381 x , , x 16, 18 x x 406, 457 x x x x x x x

210 EGGCRTE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 4260, 4260 ll round ducts and square ducts when duct size is less than CM - 2" (51). Type L Lay-in T-ar NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/8" (3) 1 1/4" (32) 3 5/8" (92) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE Type S Surface Mount Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) CM + 1 1/2" (34) Models 4260, 4260 When duct size = CM - 2" (51). SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. CM - 1/16" (2) CM - 1/16" (2) Type L Lay-in T-ar or Tegular NOMINL UCT SIZE NECK SIZE = - 1/4" (6) 2 3/8" (60) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE Type S Surface Mount Type SP Spline Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) SEPRTE SURFCE MOUNT FRME CEILING OPENING = MOULE SIZE + 1/4" (6) SEPRTE SU-FRME. SPLINE ON TWO SIES. STEEL LIFTS RCKETS ON OPPOSITE TWO SIES. CM + 1 1/2" (34) CM - 1/16" (2) CM - 1/16" (2) 210

211 EGGCRTE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Eggcrate Return Ceiling iffusers Models 4260 and x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel Frame/ackpan luminum 4260 NECK SIZE (inches) Round 06, 08, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18 Square 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 16 x 16, 18 x 6, 18 x 18, 22 x 22, 46 x 22 CEILING MOULE Imperial (inches) Metric (mm) - 12 x x x x x x x x x x 600 CCESSORIES - None (default) - Earthquake Tabs EQT IR LNCING EVICES Round Neck - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper 4675 Square Neck - Opposed lade amper O FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - Special Custom Color SP - W Face/lack ackpan FRME TYPE - Lay-in T-ar L - Surface Mount S - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-in M Note: 1. Consult individual models as to limitations and availability of ceiling module and neck size combinations. SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 4260 (corrosion-resistant steel frame/backpan) or 4260 (aluminum frame/backpan) Eggcrate Return Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a removable aluminum grid core that is 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" (13 x 13 x 13) and extends the full face of the diffuser. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

212 EGGCRTE Performance ata Models 4260, 4260 Full Face Round and Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, fpm Neck Size Velocity Pressure irflow, cfm " ia. Neg. Static Pressure NC irflow, cfm " x 6" Neg. Static Pressure NC " ia. irflow, cfm Neg. Static Pressure NC irflow, cfm " x 8" Neg. Static Pressure NC " ia. irflow, cfm Neg. Static Pressure NC irflow, cfm " x 10" Neg. Static Pressure NC " ia. irflow, cfm Neg. Static Pressure NC irflow, cfm " x 12" Neg. Static Pressure NC " ia. irflow, cfm Neg. Static Pressure NC irflow, cfm " x 14" Neg. Static Pressure NC " ia. irflow, cfm Neg. Static Pressure NC irflow, cfm " x 16" Neg. Static Pressure NC " ia. irflow, cfm Neg. Static Pressure NC irflow, cfm " x 18" Neg. Static Pressure NC irflow, cfm " x 22" Neg. Static Pressure NC Performance Notes: 1. ll pressures are in inches w.g.. 2. Neck Velocity is given in feet per minute (fpm). irflow is given in cubic feet per minute (cfm). 3. NC (Noise Criteria) values are based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. ash (-) in spaces indicates an NC level of less than ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

213 MOULR CORE SQURE MOULR CORE IFFUSERS 1, 2, 3 OR 4-WY JUSTLE ISCHRGE PTTERN Steel Model: 7500 Suffix '-O' adds a steel opposed blade damper Model 7500 The Nailor 7500 Series iffusers have been specially designed to provide a versatile 'modular core' product which is available in a comprehensive range of sizes and air capacities, providing optimum simplicity and flexibility for field adjustment of the discharge air pattern. They maintain a horizontal ceiling pattern from maximum to minimum flow and make an excellent choice for use in variable air volume systems. The 7500 Series features four individual spring-loaded 'modular' pattern controllers mounted in the neck. They can be adjusted before or after installation, to provide a 1, 2, 3 or 4-way discharge pattern by simply rotating one or more of the pattern controllers which takes only a few seconds. FETURES: Square neck is standard. Round transition adaptors are available (SR option). Each diffuser features four individually adjustable 'spring-loaded' modular cores. Simple adjustment for a 1, 2, 3 or 4-way horizontal discharge pattern without the use of tools. Inlet collar has 1 1/2" (38) depth for easy duct connection. wide variety of frame styles to suit most ceiling applications. Optional extended panels to suit modular T-ar ceiling systems. Optional opposed blade damper with screwdriver slot operator is adjustable from the diffuser face by removing a modular core. Material: Corrosion-resistant steel blades and frame. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. Modular Core djustments 4-way 3-way 3-way 2-way corner 2-way opposite 1-way ll diffusers are shipped with the standard 4-way pattern, but the air pattern can be simply field adjusted by rotating the spring loaded pattern controllers. 213

214 MOULR CORE imensional ata and Frame Types Model Series 7500 NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 3/4" (121) CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 3" (76) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) Type S - Surface Mount Frame 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1" (25) 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE + 4 1/2" (114) MIN. CEILING OPENING = NOMINL UCT SIZE + 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/8" (3) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 3/8" (10) Type S - eveled Surface Mount Frame (Low Profile) 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) vailable uct Sizes Frame Types S and S 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 12 x 12 (305 x 305) 18 x 18 (457 x 457) 8 x 8 (203 x 203) 14 x 14 (356 x 356) 20 x 20 (508 x 508) 9 x 9 (229 x 229) 15 x 15 (381 x 381) 22 x 22 (559 x 559) 10 x 10 (254 x 254) 16 x 16 (406 x 406) 24 x 24 (610 x 610) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1" (25) 5/8" (16) 214

215 MOULR CORE imensional ata and Frame Types Model Series /4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER Type L - Lay-In T-ar Frame 1" (25) 4 1/4" (108) 2 1/2" (64) CM + 5/8" (16) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/16" (2) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1" (25) SPLINE TYPE IFFUSER FOR ONE-IRECTIONL EXPOSE T-R LY-IN GRI OR FOR CONCELE T-R GRI. (SPLINES ON TWO OPPOSITE SIES. STEEL LIFT RCKETS ON THE OTHER TWO SIES). Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/16" (2) 13/16" (21) Type F Fineline 1/4" (6) CM - 5/8" (16) 9/16" (14) 5/16" (8) CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) CM - 1" (25) Type SP - Spline Frame Type TL Tegular 3/8" (10) TEGULR CEILING TILE 15/16" (23) T-R Extended Panel iffusers Frame Types L, SP, TL, F and M If the ceiling module is more than 3" (76) larger than the neck size of the diffuser in either or both dimensions, a module-sized extended panel will be added. See the table (below) for the maximum duct size for each module size. Ceiling Module Size CM Frame Types L, SP, M, TL and F Imperial Modules (inches) Metric Modules (mm) vailable uct Sizes 12 x 12, 24 x x 300, 600 x x 6 (152 x 152) 8 x 8 (203 x 203) 9 x 9 (229 x 229) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 10 x 10 (254 x 254) 15 x 15 (381 x 381) 20 x x x 8 (203 x 203) 12 x 12 (305 x 305) 9 x 9 (229 x 229) 14 x 14 (356 x 356) 6 x 6 (152 x 152) 10 x 10 (254 x 254) 15 x 15 (381 x 381) 24 x x x 8 (203 x 203) 12 x 12 (305 x 305) 16 x 16 (406 x 406) 9 x 9 (229 x 229) 14 x 14 (356 x 356) 18 x 18 (457 x 457) 215

216 MOULR CORE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Modular Core Ceiling iffusers Model Series O - 9 x 9-24 x 24 - L - W - MOEL - Steel 7500 MPER - No amper (default) - Opposed lade (steel) O NECK SIZE (inches) 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 9 x 9, 10 x x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 16 x 16, 18 x 18, 20 x 20, 22 x 22, 24 x 24 CEILING MOULE SIZE (Frame Types L, SP, M, TL and F) Imperial (in.) Metric (mm) 12 x x x x x x x x 600 Notes: 1. Consult individual models as to limitations of panel and neck size combinations. 2. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT - Square to Round Transition Collar (04 thru 16 specify) SR IR LNCING EVICES Square Neck - Equalizing Grid EGL - amper/equalizing Grid EGL Round Neck - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special Custom Color SP FRME TYPE - Surface Mount S - evelled Surface Mount S - Lay-in T-ar L - Spline SP - Metal Pan Snap-in M - Fineline F -Tegular (rop Face) TL SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Furnish and install Nailor Model Series 7500 Modular Core Ceiling iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a heavy gauge, corrosion-resistant steel frame and core. The modular deflectors shall consist of four square, individually adjustable pattern deflectors, factory installed in a 4-way pattern, that are easily field rotated to provide throws in a 1, 2, or 3-way pattern. The diffuser shall have a square duct connection collar that is an integral part of the frame assembly and not be less than 1 1/2" (38) high. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). (Optional) n opposed blade damper, constructed of heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel and operable from the face of the diffuser, shall be provided with all units. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

217 MOULR CORE Performance ata Models 7500 Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity, FPM Neck Size Velocity Pressure Inches TP irflow, CFM NC Way x 6 T 3-Way Way Way irflow, CFM NC Way x 8 T 3-Way Way Way irflow, CFM NC Way x 10 T 3-Way Way Way irflow, CFM NC Way x 12 T 3-Way Way Way irflow, CFM NC Way x 14 T 3-Way Way Way irflow, CFM NC Way x 16 T 3-Way Way Way CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Neck Size Square in Inches k Factor 6 x x x x x x x x

218 MOULR CORE Performance ata Models 7500 Square Neck Nominal Neck Velocity FPM Neck Size Velocity Pressure Inches TP irflow, CFM NC Way x 18 T 3-Way Way Way irflow, CFM NC Way x 20 T 3-Way Way Way irflow, CFM NC Way x 22 T 3-Way Way Way irflow, CFM NC Way x 24 T 3-Way Way Way CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Throws are given at 150, 100 and 50 fpm terminal velocities under isothermal conditions. 2. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Neck Size Square in Inches k Factor 18 x x x x

219 CURVE LE CURVE LE IFFUSERS 1, 2, 3 OR 4-WY ISCHRGE PTTERNS VILLE Steel Models: 61CC 1, 2, 3 or 4-Way 61CC 1 or 2-Way with Rear irectional Vanes luminum Models: 51CC 1, 2, 3 or 4-Way 51CC 1 or 2-Way with Rear irectional Vanes Suffix '-O' adds a steel opposed blade damper Suffix '-O' adds an aluminum opposed blade damper (available on aluminum models only) Model 61CC The Nailor 61CC and 51CC Series Curved lade iffusers are similar in design and construction to the Nailor 61C and 51C Series Curved lade Grilles with the addition of a modular sized panel to integrate with various types of ceiling systems. vailable with the choice of a 1, 2, 3 or 4-way discharge pattern. They also feature individually adjustable friction pivoted curved blades on 1" (25) centers that positively control the airflow. lades are adjustable from the face, regulating the angle of discharge from a horizontal through to a full down-blow vertical pattern as required. lades can also regulate air volume as they are closed off. vailable in a comprehensive range of square duct sizes to suit a large range of air volumes, these diffusers, when adjusted correctly, produce a tight horizontal ceiling pattern and work extremely well in variable air volume applications. The Nailor 61CC and 51CC Series, available in a 1 or 2-way discharge pattern are similar to the above but incorporate a set of rear vanes on 3/4" (19) centers that are individually adjustable, thus providing complete directional control and airflow equalization. FETURES: Extruded aluminum blades are formed to an engineered curved and streamlined cross-section. Formed with tenons at each end to fit snugly into side margin, friction loaded to firmly hold deflection setting. djustable angle of discharge from horizontal to vertical. Choice of one, two, three or four-way discharge patterns. Optional steel or aluminum opposed blade dampers have a screwdriver slot operator accessible through the face of the diffuser. variety of frame/border styles to suit most ceiling systems. vailable in square neck sizes 6" x 6" (152 x 152) through 21" x 21" (533 x 533) for standard 24" x 24" (600 x 600) ceiling modules. For non-listed rectangular sizes, see the 61C and 51C Series in this catalog and add a module sized extended panel (PL). Material: Extruded aluminum blades with corrosion-resistant steel or aluminum panel construction, depending on model selection. Finish: W ppliance White baked enamel finish is standard. Other finishes are available. 219

220 CURVE LE imensional ata and Frame Types Models 61CC and 51CC Type PL Panel Lay-in T-ar Type TL Tegular Lay-in CM = CEILING MOULE CM - 1/4" (6) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/4" (6) CM - 1" (25) Type F Fineline 15/16" (23) T-R CM = CEILING MOULE 5/16" (8) OPTIONL RER EFLECTION VNES 3 9/16" (90) CM - 1/4" (6) CM = CEILING MOULE 24" x 24" (610 x 610) NOMINL UCT SIZE - 1/4" (6) OPTIONL OPPOSE LE MPER 1-13/16" (46) CM - 5/8" (16) 9/16" (14) Type M Metal Pan (Snap-in) CM = CEILING MOULE Standard uct Sizes for 24 x 24 (600 x 600) Ceiling Module Imperial Units (inches) Metric Units (mm) 6 x 6 10 x x x x x x x x 8 12 x x x x x x 9 14 x x x x x 457 vailable ischarge Patterns: CM - 1/16" (2) Type SP Spline CM = CEILING MOULE 13/16" (21) 3/8" (10) CM - 1/16" (2) 4 4-way 3 3-way 2 2-way opposite 2C 2-way corner 1 1-way 61CC and 51CC iffusers may be ordered in any of the discharge patterns illustrated above. 220

221 CURVE LE HOW TO SPECIFY OR TO ORER (Show complete Model Number and Size, unless "efault" is desired). Curved lade Ceiling iffusers Model Series 51CC and 61CC 51CC - O - 12 x x 24 - PL - W MOEL - luminum 51CC - luminum w/ Rear Vanes 51CC - Steel 61CC - Steel w/ Rear Vanes 61CC MPER - No amper (default) - Opposed lade (steel) O - Opposed lade (aluminum) O (available on aluminum models only) NECK SIZE (inches) 6 x 6, 8 x 8, 9 x 9, 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 14 x 14, 15 x 15, 16 x 16, 18 x 18, 21 x 21 CEILING MOULE SIZE Standard Module Imperial (in.) Metric (mm) 24 x 24 (default) 600 x 600 FRME TYPE - Panel Lay-in T-ar (default) PL - Tegular TL - Fineline F - Metal Pan Snap-in M - Spline SP CCESSORIES - None (default) - External Foil ack Insulation EX - Earthquake Tabs EQT - Square to Round Transition Collar (04 thru 20 specify) SR IR LNCING EVICES Square Neck - Equalizing Grid EGL - amper/equalizing Grid EGL Round Neck - Radial Sliding lade amper Radial Opposed lade amper utterfly amper Equalizing Grid EGR - amper/equalizing Grid EGR LOW PTTERN - 4-Way 4-3-Way 3-2-Way Corner 2C - 2-Way Opposite 2-1-Way 1 FINISH - ppliance White (default) W - luminum L - Special SP VILLE ISCHRGE PTTERNS 4 3 Notes: 1. Consult text as to limitations of panel, neck size and core style combinations. 2. If more than one accessory is required, list in order. 2 2C 1 221

222 CURVE LE SUGGESTE SPECIFICTION: Models 51CC, 51CC luminum Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 51CC or 51CC (with deflector vanes) luminum Curved lade Supply iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have an aluminum panel type frame that has a square neck and contains an extruded aluminum curved blade pack with individually adjustable blades. The blade pack shall be configured in a 4, 3, 2 or 1-way pattern as specified. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). (Optional) n opposed blade damper, constructed of heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel (aluminum is optional), operable from the face of the diffuser, shall be provided with all units. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard Models 61CC, 61CC Steel Furnish and install Nailor Model (select one) 61CC or 61CC (with deflector vanes) Steel Curved lade Supply iffusers of the sizes and capacities as shown on the plans and air distribution schedules. The diffuser shall have a corrosion-resistant steel, panel type frame that has a square neck and contains an extruded aluminum curved blade pack with individually adjustable blades. The blade pack shall be configured in a 4, 3, 2 or 1-way pattern as specified. The finish shall be W ppliance White baked enamel (optional finishes are available). (Optional) n opposed blade damper, constructed of heavy gauge corrosion-resistant steel, operable from the face of the diffuser, shall be provided with all units. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser, which shall be tested in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

223 CURVE LE Performance ata Models: 61CC, 61CC 51CC, 51CC Core Nominal rea, uct Square Size, Feet Inches.20 6 x x x x x 14 Core Velocity, FPM TP CFM NC Way T 3-Way Way Way CFM NC Way Way T 2-Way Way CFM NC Way T 3-Way Way Way CFM NC Way T 3-Way Way Way CFM NC Way T 3-Way Way Way CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Performance Notes: 1. Pressures are expressed in inches of water gauge. 2. Throw values are given for terminal velocities of 150, 100 and 50 fpm, with a cooling temperature differential ( T) of 20 F and are based on surface mount units benefiting from the coanda effect. The blade settings were set for optimum discharge, parallel to the face of the grille, that have the outer blades closest to the frame set with an opening of 1/8" (3) and progressively wider spacing between blades away from the frame. (Note: The throw values may be increased or decreased by as much as 20% by changing the blade setting). 3. lades in the full open position - reduce the NC by 6. - multiply the total pressure x The NC values are based on a room absorption of 10 d, re watts. 5. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

224 CURVE LE Performance ata Models: 61CC, 61CC 51CC, 51CC Core rea, Square Feet Nominal uct Size, Inches x x x x 21 CFM - cubic feet per minute FPM - feet per minute velocity TP - total pressure - inches w.g. T - throw in feet NC - Noise Criteria (values) based on 10 d room absorption, re watts. Core Velocity, FPM TP CFM NC Way T 3-Way Way Way CFM NC Way T 3-Way Way Way CFM NC Way T 3-Way Way Way CFM NC Way T 3-Way Way Way Performance Notes: 1. Pressures are expressed in inches of water gauge. 2. Throw values are given for terminal velocities of 150, 100 and 50 fpm, with a cooling temperature differential ( T) of 20 F and are based on surface mount units benefiting from the coanda effect. The blade settings were set for optimum discharge, parallel to the face of the grille, that have the outer blades closest to the frame set with an opening of 1/8" (3) and progressively wider spacing between blades away from the frame. (Note: The throw values may be increased or decreased by as much as 20% by changing the blade setting). 3. lades in the full open position - reduce the NC by 6. - multiply the total pressure x The NC values are based on a room absorption of 10 d, re watts. 5. ata derived from tests conducted in accordance with NSI/SHRE Standard

225 CEILING IFFUSER OPTIONS N CCESSORIES PROUCT OVERVIEW OPTIONS N CCESSORIES FOR Model F rywall/plaster Frame Surface Mount Ceiling dapter MOUNTING FRMES Surface mount adapter frames for plaster and sheet rock ceilings are available in steel and aluminum. They simplify installation, save time and allow ceiling plenum access. OPTIONS selection of optional items that are available on ceiling diffusers. Model 4275 Radial Opposed lade amper FINISHES Selection of standard and non-standard finishes to choose from. aked enamel paint in custom colors to suit architect. IR LNCING EVICES ampers for round and square necks. Equalizing grids. Volume extractors. Effective air balancing of an HVC System requires the correct selection, specification and installation of the right product to suit the system design. Model 4250 Radial Sliding lade amper Model 4675 utterfly amper Nailor offers a comprehensive range of models and options to cover all applications. Nailor balancing devices are: Easy to select and specify. Many items can be ordered or specified as diffuser accessories. Model O Opposed lade amper Steel, Neck Mount Model O Opposed lade amper Steel, uct Mount esigned to offer a smooth, accurate and predictable response during adjustment for precise air metering. esigned to provide quick access and adjustment. Engineered with attention to optimizing airflow, in order to minimize noise, turbulence and pressure drop. Model EGR Equalizing Grid Model EGR amper with Equalizing Grid Model EX-1 Volume Extractor 225